TOYO INTELLIGENT INVERTER
VF66B (DC motor drive)
Operating ManualPreface
Thank you very much for choosing our product.
This manual describes how to handle a main unit of TOYO VF66B (DC motor drive). It provides instructions
for using VF66B (DC motor drive), such as how to install, wire, and operate it correctly as well as handling
methods of its protection operation. Before operating VF66B (DC motor drive), be sure to carefully read thismanual.
In addition to the standard functions, TOYO VF66B (DC motor drive) provides many other features. You canbuild an optimal system for different applications by using its various functions. In such a case, preferentially
use the values described in the dedicated "Instruction Manual" and "Test Report" for the function.
When delivering any of your products with VF66B (DC motor drive) built in, consider that this manual can be
distributed to end users. Also, when changing our factory default initialized data (hereinafter referred to as
Initialized data) for setting parameters of VF66B (DC motor drive), make sure that end users can be informed
about the changed contents of the Initialized data.

1

Be Sure To Read This Before Use
Safety Notice
To use VF66B (DC motor drive) correctly, be sure to completely read this manual and all other attacheddocuments before installation, operation, maintenance, and inspection. You need to have a good knowledgeof equipment, safety information, and all notices before using VF66B (DC motor drive).
In this manual, safety notices are ranked as "Danger", "Warning", and "Caution".

DangerWhen improper use may cause a dangerous situation, death or serious injury may result,and its danger seems to be very urgent.

Warning

When improper use may cause a dangerous situation, and death or serious injury may
result.

CautionWhen improper use may cause a dangerous situation, medium-level or minor injury may
result, and only physical damage may result. However, it can cause serious results
depending on the situation. Cautions described in this manual are all important. Be sure toobserve them.

Caution [Installation]






Install VF66B (DC motor drive) on non-inflammables such as metal.
Otherwise, a fire may occur.
Do not put inflammables near VF66B (DC motor drive).
Otherwise, a fire may occur.
Do not hold the front cover when transporting VF66B (DC motor drive).
It may fall, which can result in injury.
Install VF66B (DC motor drive) in a place which can support its weight.
It may fall, which can result in injury.
Do not install and operate VF66B (DC motor drive) which is damaged or does not have any parts.
Otherwise, you may be injured.

Danger [Wiring]

2

Check that the input power is turned off before wiring.
Otherwise, electric shock or a fire may occur.

Warning [Wiring]Be sure to connect a ground wire.
Otherwise, electric shock or a fire may occur.
Electrical engineering technicians should connect wires.
Otherwise, electric shock or a fire may occur.
Be sure to install VF66B (DC motor drive) before wiring.
Otherwise, electric shock or a fire may occur.
For ground fault protection, connect the leakage guard relay or ground fault interrupter exclusive for VF66B (DCmotor drive) to the inputs (R/L1, S/L2, T/L3) of VF66B (DC motor drive).
Otherwise, electric shock or a fire may occur.

Warning [Wiring]

Do not connect the alternating-current power supply to the output terminals (P/N).
Otherwise, injury or a fire may occur.
Check that the rated voltage of the product and the voltage of the alternating-current power supply match witheach other.
Otherwise, injury or a fire may occur.
Do not directly connect a resistor between direct-current terminals 1/ 2 and  or 1 and 2.
Otherwise, a fire may occur.

Warning [Operation]Be sure to install the front cover before turning on the input power. Do not remove the front cover during
energization.
Otherwise, it can result in a risk of electric shock.
Do not use the switches with wet hands.
Otherwise, it can result in a risk of electric shock.
Do not touch the VF66B (DC motor drive) terminals while VF66B (DC motor drive) is energized, even during
stop.
Otherwise, it can result in a risk of electric shock.

Warning [Operation]The stop button is available only when functions have been set. Provide an emergency stop button separately.
Otherwise, you may be injured.
When alarm reset is performed with operation signals input, VF66B (DC motor drive) suddenly restarts. Check
that signals are turned off, and then perform alarm reset.
Otherwise, you may be injured.

Caution [Operation]Do not touch a heat sink and a discharge resistor because they reach high temperatures.
Otherwise, you may get burned.
You can set a wide range of operation from high speed to low speed with VF66B (DC motor drive). Before
operation, check the permitted range of the motor and machinery sufficiently.
Otherwise, you may be injured.
Provide a holding brake separately if necessary.
Otherwise, you may be injured.

3

Warning [Maintenance and inspection, and replacement of parts]

Before inspection, turn off the input power after checking that the motor is stopped, and then wait for over ten
minutes.
Also, check that direct-current voltage between  1 and  or  2 and  is less than or equal to 30 V.
Otherwise, electric shock, injury, or a fire may occur.
Check that the rated voltage of the product and the voltage of the alternating-current power supply match witheach other.
Otherwise, injury, electric shock, or part damage may occur.
Do not perform maintenance and inspection or replace parts except qualified persons.
Use a tool for insulation for maintenance and inspection.
Otherwise, electric shock or injury may occur.

Warning [Others]

Never modify VF66B (DC motor drive).
Otherwise, electric shock or injury may occur.

Caution [General notice]
To provide detailed explanation, all figures described in this manual are sometimes drawn with the cover or a safety
shield removed. To operate VF66B (DC motor drive), be sure to set the specified cover or shield to its original position
and to follow the procedure described in this manual.
These safety notices and specifications in this manual are subject to change without notice.

4

Contents
Be Sure To Read This Before Use .................................................................................................................. 2
Safety Notice .................................................................................................................................................. 2
Chapter 1 For Application ............................................................................................................................... 7
1.1.

Checking Package and Inspection on Purchase............................................................................. 7

Chapter 2 How to Connect VF66B (DC motor drive)............................................................................................. 92.1.
2.1.1.
2.2.
2.2.1.
2.3.
2.3.1.
2.4.
2.4.1.
2.4.2.
2.4.3.
2.5.
2.5.1.
2.5.2.

How to Connect VF66B (DC motor drive) ....................................................................................... 9
How to Connect VF66B (DC motor drive) Terminals................................................................ 9
Terminal/Connector Specifications ................................................................................................ 10
Terminal/Connector Specifications ......................................................................................... 10
How to Connect the Printed Control Board [VFC66-Z] and Field Amplifier................................... 12
How to Connect the Printed Control Board [VFC66-Z] and Field Amplifier ........................... 12
Application of LC filter.................................................................................................................... 13
Role of LC Filter ..................................................................................................................... 13
Power Constant Operation ..................................................................................................... 13
Selection of LC Filter .............................................................................................................. 13
PG.................................................................................................................................................. 14
Applicable PG ......................................................................................................................... 14
Use of PGs Attached to the Existing Products ....................................................................... 14

Chapter 3 For Operation ............................................................................................................................... 15
3.1.
Overview of Operation ................................................................................................................... 15
3.1.1.
Power-On ............................................................................................................................... 15
3.1.2.
Cooling Fan Operation ........................................................................................................... 16
3.2.
Console Panel [SET66EX-Z] ......................................................................................................... 16
3.2.1.
Panel ...................................................................................................................................... 16
3.2.2.
Operation Keys ....................................................................................................................... 17
3.2.3.
Overview of Operation............................................................................................................ 18
3.2.4.
How to Check Monitor Information ......................................................................................... 19
3.2.5.
List of Monitor Items ............................................................................................................... 20
3.3.
How to Perform Trial Operation ..................................................................................................... 23
3.3.1.
How to Change the Motor Speed ........................................................................................... 24
3.3.2.
How to Change the Acceleration/Deceleration time ............................................................... 25
3.3.3.
How to Change the Rotation Direction ................................................................................... 26
3.3.4.
How to Perform JOG Operation ............................................................................................. 26
Chapter 4 How to Change Parameters with Console Panel ...................................................................... 27
Chapter 5 List of Setting Areas .................................................................................................................... 28
Chapter 6 List of Parameters ........................................................................................................................ 29
6.1.
6.2.
6.3.
6.4.
6.5.
6.6.
6.7.
6.8.
6.9.
6.10.
6.11.
6.12.
6.13.
6.14.

Basic Setting Area ......................................................................................................................... 29
Area A (Maximum Speed, Rated Motor, Parameters Setting Area) .............................................. 29
Area b (Operation Sequence Setting Area) ................................................................................... 31
Area c (Multifunction Input Related Setting Area) ......................................................................... 33
Area d (Acceleration/Deceleration Time Setting, Speed Jump Function, MRH Function SettingArea) .............................................................................................................................................. 34
Area E (Current Cotrol Gain, Output Voltage Limit Related Setting Area) .................................... 35
Area F (Built-in DB (Dynamic Braking) Operation, Protection Function, Traceback Setting Area) 36
Area G (Analog Input/Output Setting Area) ................................................................................... 37
Area H (Multifunction Output Setting Area) ................................................................................... 39
Area i (Speed Control/Amature Current Control /Amature Voltage Control Switch Setting Area) 40
Area J (Communication Setting Area) ........................................................................................... 42
Area L (Setting Area for Analog Input and Output Gain) ............................................................... 43
Area n (VF66B (DC motor drive) Model Area) .............................................................................. 44
Area o (Special Adjustment Area) ................................................................................................. 445

6.15.
6.16.

Area P (Internal PLC Function Parameter) ................................................................................... 44
Area S (Setting Area for Mode Selection and Analog Input/Output Adjustment) .......................... 45

Chapter 7 Descriptions of Parameters ........................................................................................................ 46
7.1.
7.2.
7.3.
7.4.
7.5.
7.6.
7.7.
7.8.
7.9.
7.10.
7.11.
7.12.
7.13.
7.14.
7.15.
7.16.

Basic Setting Area ......................................................................................................................... 46
Area A (Maximum Speed, Rated Motor, Parameters Setting Area) .............................................. 47
Area b (Operation Sequence Setting Area) ................................................................................... 54
Area c (Multifunction Input Related Setting Area) ......................................................................... 65
Area d (Acceleration/Deceleration Time Setting, Speed Jump Function, MRH Function SettingArea).............................................................................................................................................. 71
Area E (Current Control Gain, Output Voltage Limit Related Setting Area) .................................. 76
Area F (Built-in DB (Dynamic Braking) Operation, Protection Function, Traceback Setting Area) 80
Area G (Analog Input/Output Setting Area) ................................................................................... 85
Area H (Multifunction Output Setting Area) ................................................................................... 91
Area i (Speed Control/Amature Current Control/Amature Voltage Control Switch Setting Area) . 96
Area J (Communication Setting Area) ......................................................................................... 104
Area L (Setting Area for Analog Input and Output Gain) ............................................................. 106
Area n (VF66B (DC motor drive) Mode Area) ............................................................................. 108
Area o (Special Adjustment Area) ............................................................................................... 109
Area P (Internal PLC Function Parameter) ................................................................................. 109
Area S (Setting Area for Mode Selection and Analog Input/Output Adjustment) ......................... 110

Chapter 8 Troubleshooting ......................................................................................................................... 124
8.1.
Protection Messages and Actions ............................................................................................... 124
8.1.1.
List of Protection Messages ................................................................................................. 124
8.1.2.
Protection Messages and Actions ........................................................................................ 130
8.1.3.
What Are Displayed in Case of Setting Error () .................................................... 149
Chapter 9 Replace the Printed Control Board [VFC66-Z] ........................................................................ 150
9.1.
9.2.
9.3.

Replacing Printed Control Board [VFC66-Z] with Spare ............................................................. 150
Replace the Printed Control Board [VFC66-Z] ............................................................................ 150
How to Initialize VF66B (DC Motor Drive) ................................................................................... 153

Chapter 10 Attentions for Contacting Us .................................................................................................. 154
Chapter 11 Industrial Product Warranty .................................................................................................... 155
11.1.
No-charge warranty period .......................................................................................................... 155
11.2.
Warranty Scope ........................................................................................................................... 155
11.2.1.
Problem diagnosis ................................................................................................................ 155
11.2.2.
Repair ................................................................................................................................... 155
11.3.
Disclaimer .................................................................................................................................... 155
11.4.
Repair period after product discontinuation ................................................................................ 155
11.5.
Delivery conditions ...................................................................................................................... 156

6

Chapter 1 For Application
1.1. Checking Package and Inspection on Purchase
After receiving VF66B (DC motor drive), check the following points:(1) Checking Package
Check that the package contains the VF66B (DC motor drive) body and the Precautions.

VF66B (DC motor drive) body

Precautions(2) Check that the specifications, accessories, spare parts, and options are delivered as you ordered.
Check the model of VF66B (DC motor drive) with the logo mark on the cover surface.
Fan motor

Console panel [SET66-Z]

Logo mark7

Example of model display on the cover surface

VF66B

DCM Dr ive

Model (VF66B (DC motor drive))

VF66B-7R544
TYPE
VF66B-7R544-W**
QA*
APPL.
3Φ380～460V 50/60Hz
INPUT
OUTPUT DC440V 17.0A
WEIGHT
5.5 kg
QC 123456789-001
SER. No.

！ DANGER◇･････････････････････････････････････････････！ CAUTION△･･････････････････････････････

Model: VF66B-7R544-W1
Applied symbol
Input power supply voltage
specifications

Type
Voltage class 22: this indicates 200 V class
44: this indicates 400 V class

Output voltage/current
WeightSerial！ DANGER△･････････････････････････････････････････････(3) Check that nothing is broken during transport.
(4) Check that screws, etc. are not loose or removed.
If you have any problem, contact us or the distributor.

Caution [Safety notice]
To use VF66B (DC motor drive) correctly, read this manual completely.
TOYO VF66B (DC motor drive) is not designed and produced for the purpose of being used for a device or system
under a situation where human life may be threatened.
Do not use this TOYO VF66B (DC motor drive) for special purposes such as riding, medical, aerospace, nuclear
power control, and a submarine repeater or system.
VF66B (DC motor drive) is produced under the strict quality control. However, when VF66B (DC motor drive) is
applied to an important facility where its failure might threaten human life or cause expected serious losses, you
should install any safety devices to prevent serious accidents.
When using VF66B (DC motor drive) for load other than a DC motor, consult with us.
This product requires electrical work. Electrical engineering technicians should do it.

8Chapter 2 How to Connect VF66B (DC motor drive)
2.1. How to Connect VF66B (DC motor drive)
2.1.1. How to Connect VF66B (DC motor drive) Terminals
MCCB-F

86F

49F
FM

(Note 3) 49B

200 to 220V
400 to 460V
50/60Hz MCCB

52M

(Note 3)(Note 4)DBR

49B

400 V class:CN2
CN3 200 V class:

N

CN6

TB2
１4 8 9Dynamic braking
unit option

DBR(Note 5)

VF66B (DC motor drive)
protection contact

VFDB2009

PR(Note 3)
DCL

Dynamic braking
resistor option
P

52MAX(Note 7)

+1Noise filter
option+2

B-

DBIF2009-Z
CN2 CN3
CN1(Note 4)
LC filter
52M

R/L1

Noise filter
option

P

S/L2

F

T/L3
MR

(Note 6)

MT

Operation
Protection

Multifunction output terminals (MO1, MO2)
Analog output terminal (AOT1)
Analog input terminal (AIN1)
Forward operation (ST-F)

Multifunction input terminals (MI1 to MI5)

TB1
52MA
52MA
86Aa
86A
86Ab
MO1
P
MO2
COM
AOT1
GND
AIN1
+10
ST-F
PS
MI1
PS
MI2
MI3
MI4
GND
MI5
GND
A
B

CN4

RY1
RY2
3

1

SW2

LED1

SW1
ON

CN-SI
CN-SO

SET66-Z

CN5

CN6

CN7

TB2

CN4

CN1

CN2
ON

SW4
G
U/Z
V
W

CN3

VFC66-ZG

Speed sensor (PG) input terminals (A to G)

A
DCM

N

ON

SW2

Optional board(Example: Speed sensor (PG) input
board [PG66-Z])

G
PGOUT

SET66EX-Z
External console panel(optional)(Note 1) You can change the control input terminal (ST-F) and multifunction input terminals (MI1 to MI5) to GND common input (sync
input). In this case, remove a jumper socket on the printed control board [VFC66-Z] from [CN-SO] and then attach it to [CN-SI].
(In the factory default, these are set to PS common input (source input).)(Note 2) Never connect the GND and COM terminals of the control circuit to the ground terminal.
(Note 3) When the thermal relay of the dynamic braking resistor (DBR) operates, cut off the input of VF66B (DC motor drive).
(Note 4) Install the main circuit contactor (52M) according to the use of the customer.
When installing the main circuit contactor (52M) on the input side of VF66B (DC motor drive), wait for ten minutes or more fromthe time the power is turned off until it is turned on again.
(Note 5) When DCL is not connected, terminals  1 and  2 are short-circuit.
(Note 6) The AC power supply terminals (MR/MT terminals) for the control circuit are provided to the models VF66B-1122, VF66B-1144
and higher. (These do not need to be connected to the power supply in a normal situation. Connect them only when the control
circuit power supply needs to be turned on exclusively, for example, when having the protection display while the main circuit
power supply is turned off.)9

(Note 7) Use DBIF2009-Z when communicating with the printed control board [VFC66-Z] and the dynamic braking (DB) optional unit
[VFDB2009]. For more information, refer to the separate document "VFDB2009 Operation Manual."

CAUTION [Installation of SET66EX-Z (external console panel)]

Before installing SET66EX-Z (external console panel), be sure to take any measures against static electricity.
Otherwise, circuits inside VF66B (DC motor drive) may be damaged.

2.2. Terminal/Connector Specifications
2.2.1. Terminal/Connector Specifications
Type

Terminal
marking/
Pin number
R/L1, S/L2,
T/L3

Main
circuitControl
circuit

Connect to the alternating-current power supply.

P/N

OutputP terminal: A terminal of TOYO’s DC motor
N terminal: F terminal of TOYO’s DC motor

1

DCL connection

Connect to the DCL.
When no DCL is used, the direct-current terminals 1 and 2 areshort circuited.

2

DCL connection.
Connect the dynamic breaking (DB)registor (thermal relay).
Connect a plus side terminal whenusing a sine wave converter.

Terminal for connecting the dynamic braking (DB) registor andthermal relay
Connect a plus side terminal of the direct-current power supply
when using the sine wave converter.

B

Connect the dynamic braking (DB)resistor (thermal relay).

Collector terminal for the built-in dynamic braking (DB) transistor.
(It is provided for models below 22 kW)

Connect the dynamic braking (DB)optional unit [VFDB2009].
Connect a minus side terminal whenusing the sine wave converter.

Connecting to a terminal N of the dynamic braking (DB) optional unit
[VFDB2009].
Connect a minus side terminal of the direct-current power supply
when using the sine wave converter.

Protective earth terminal[Caution] Be sure to connect to the ground.
When using noise filter (NF), connect it to a protective earth terminalof the noise filter (NF).

MR/MT

Control power supply terminal

They are provided for models over 11 kW and are used to supply
power to only control circuits.
(Used when power is supplied to the control circuit only.)

52MA

Operation contact

It turns on whiling VF66B (DC motor drive) operaties. Contact rating
230 VAC, 0.5 A

86A

Protection contact

It turns on whiling VF66B (DC motor drive) protection mode.
Contact rating 230 VAC, 0.5 A

MO1
P
MO2
COM

10

Descriptions

Alternating-current power supply
input

Multifunction output

VFC66-Z
Terminal
block
TB1

PurposeMultifunction output terminal (1)Maximum voltage 24 VDC, maximum output current 20 mA.

P terminal

The multifunction output terminal outputs signals depending on theoperation condition.
Connect a P terminal to an external power supply (DC).
* For the details of the multifunction output terminals, refer to"6.9 Area H" in Chapter 6 and "7.9 Area H" in Chapter 7.

Multifunction output terminal (2)COM terminal

Type

PurposeDescriptions

AOT1

Analog output (1) terminal

In the analog output (1) terminal (AOT1), you can be change 0 to+/-10 V output and 6F (frequency) output. Its maximum output
current 1 mA.

GND terminal[Caution] Do not connect the terminal GND to the protective earthterminal.

Analog input (1) terminal

In the analog input terminal (AIN1), you can switch the input range 0
through +/-10 V or 0 through 10 V by changing the setting data.
Also, you can switch to 4 to 20 mA input by setting the SW1(VFC66-Z) to input.
Use 10 kΩ when performing a speed command depending onvolume.

GND

AIN1
VFC66-Z
Terminal
block
TB1

Analog input/output terminal

Terminal
marking/
Pin number+10+10 V output

Outputs +10 V direct-current voltage.

ST-F

Forward operation

Input terminal for a Forward operation signal.

PS+12 V output

MI2
MI3
MI4
GND
MI5

Multifunction input

MI1

Outputs +12 V direct-current voltage.

Multifunction input terminal (1)Multifunction input terminal (2)Multifunction input terminal (3)Multifunction input terminal (4)GND terminal
Multifunction input terminal (5)Maximum input voltage 24 VDC, maximum input current 3 mA.
Like from the concole panel (SET66-Z), you can operate the VF66B(DC motor draive) by inputting asignal into the multifunction input
terminals.
[Caution] Do not connect the terminal GND to the protective earthterminal.
* For the details of the multifunction input terminals, refer to"6.4 Area c" in Chapter 6 and "7.4 Area c" in Chapter 7.

The following table describes only the PG input terminal parts common to all option boards
Type

Terminal
numberPurposeDescriptions+12+12 V power supply terminal

Outputs +12 V direct-current voltage.

G

GND terminal[Caution] Do not connect the terminal G to the protective earthterminal.

PG input terminal

Input A, B, U/Z, V, and W signals of the 12 V power supply PG(complimentary output).

PG output terminal

Generate and output a subharmonic waveform from a signal of theterminal [A].
The [3] of SW4 sides are 1 / 4PG dividing signal output, and the [1]sides are 1 / 2PG dividing signal output.

A
Terminal
block
TB2

B
U/Z
V
W

PGOUT

11

2.3. How to Connect the Printed Control Board [VFC66-Z] and Field Amplifier
2.3.1. How to Connect the Printed Control Board [VFC66-Z] and Field Amplifier
Printed Control Board [VFC66-Z]
TB1
52MA
52MA
86Aa
86A
86Ab
MO1
P
MO2
COM
AOT1
GND
AIN1
+10
ST-F
PS
MI1
PS
MI2
MI3
MI4
GND
MI5
GND



CN4

RY1
RY2
3

1

SW2

LED1

SW1
ON

CN-SI
CN-SO

SET66-Z
CN3

VFC66-Z
CN5
CN6
CN7

CN4

Field amplifier
440 V system
220 V system
VF66B

Tr2

Tr1

2
3

（DC motor drive）

R4

R2
1

VR1

T1

T2

4
5
J1

RY1

6
7
8

LC
Filter

RY2

9
10
11

LD1
J2
POWER

12
VR5 VR5

13



C30

14
A

15

A

VR5

F
DCM

R1

T1

R

T

N

P

RX


This is used to detect the VF66B (DC motor drive) protection by inputting the field loss signals output fromthe field amplifier when field loss occurs. However, the multifunction input terminal (3) function selection
should be set to the field loss signal (c-03=13). *For the details, refer to "6.4 Area c" in Chapter 6 and "7.4
Area c" in Chapter 7.
This is used to detect the VF66B (DC motor drive) protection by inputting the overcurrent signal which is
output from the field amplifier when field overcurrent occurs. However, the multifunction input terminal (4)function selection should be set to the field overcurrent (c-03=14). *For the details, refer to "6.4 Area c" in
Chapter 6 and "7.4 Area c" in Chapter 7.
For power constant operation, the voltage after LC filter is input between 1 and 3 of the field amplifier for
the 440 V system motor, and between 2 to 3 for the 220 V system motor.
122.4. Application of LC filter
2.4.1. Role of LC Filter
LC filter reduces the load applied to the DC motor by smoothing the PWM control waveform (average voltage
control of the pulse width modulation by using square wave) which is output from VF66B (DC motor drive) andreducing the peak voltage applied to the DC motor. Because the application of LC filter varies depending on
the structure of DC motor and the deterioration state of insulation, please contact us.

2.4.2. Power Constant Operation
When performing the power constant operation, please install the specified LC filter between the output of
VF66B (DC motor drive) and the DC motor. Input the voltage after LC filter to the field amplifier for weaker
field control. For how to connect the voltage input to the field amplifier, refer to "2.3 How to Connect the
Printed Control Board [VFC66-Z] and Field Amplifier" in Chapter 2.

2.4.3. Selection of LC Filter
Following L (DC reactor) and C (film capacitor) are provided. Select the number of LC filters depending on thecurrent of DC motor and apply them in parallel.
L1 (DC reactor) 3 mH 115 A
L2 (DC reactor) 15 mH 25 A
C (Film capacitor) 400 μF 800 V
Selection example
For DC motor, 200 kW, 440 V, 489 A, 1150 min-1:
DC motor current/DC reactor rated current = 489/115 =4.25
By rounding up the first decimal number, you get "5." Therefore, apply 5 pieces of L and 5 pieces of C inparallel.

VF66B(DC motor
drive)

P

3 mH,115 A

LC filter

200 kW,
489 A
M
Field amplifier

400 μF,
800 V
N
The following table indicates the resonance frequencies.
L

C

Resonance
frequencies

L1 3 mH

400 μF

145 Hz

L2 15 mH

400 μF

65 Hz

L2 15 mH 2 parallel (7.5 mH)

400 μF

92 Hz

L2 15 mH 3 parallel ( 5 mH)

400 μF112 Hz13

2.5. PG
2.5.1. Applicable PG
When performing the speed control with VF66B (DC motor drive), PG is required. With VF66B (DC motor
drive), only the PGs which can detect both forward and reverse speeds are applicable.

2.5.2. Use of PGs Attached to the Existing Products
The following table indicates whether each PG attached to the existing products can be applied.
PG typeElectromagnetic typeTwo-phase output PG

Manufacturer

Model

14

Remarks

ONO SOKKI CO., LTD.

MP837

x

Not applicable because of AC output

ONO SOKKI CO., LTD.

MP810

x

Not applicable because of AC output

ONO SOKKI CO., LTD.

RP100 series



ONO SOKKI CO., LTD.

RP1700 series



SUMTAK CO., LTDLBJTAMAGAWA Seiki Co., Ltd TS5205
Tachogenerator

Applicability

Pulse isolator is required-

TG130D



-

KG3D

x

Not applicable because of AC output

Chapter 3 For Operation
3.1. Overview of Operation
3.1.1. Power-On
This section provides the overview of the operating procedure until the power-on.

Check the model/
mode to use

Preparation/Wiring

Wire the VF66B (DC motor drive) and the power supplies (R/L1, S/L2,
T/L3), VF66B (DC motor drive) (P and N) and the motors (A, F), and theground ( ).

Power-onModel of VF66B(DC motor drive)

The following items will be displayed on the

r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ

display of the console panel [SET66-Z].
ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ

1. The mode is displayed for 1.5 seconds.

Monitor display of console panel [SET66-Z]

ＦＷＤ
ＳＴＡＲＴ

ＳＥＴ
ＦＮＣ

1.5 sec.

ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ

ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ

MONI

ＲＥＶ

ＪＯＧ

ＳＴＯＰ

→

ＲＥＳＥＴ

2. Then the model is displayed for 1.5 seconds. Two rightmost digits indicate thefeeding voltage. When the voltage class is “200 V class,” “22” is displayed. When it
is “400 V class,” “44” is displayed.
1.5 sec.

3. Then, symbols distinguishing the setting block and the mode are displayed.
Fromthe leftmost digit, each digit shows the following:[Mode of the first setting block][-][Mode of the second setting block][Current setting block]Mode
Setting block
display

VF66B (DC motor drive) mode is indicated as follows:d: Indicates that it is in the DC motor drive mode.
<The figure on the left shows that the DC motor drive mode is set in both first setting blockand second setting block. The current setting block is the first setting block.>15

3.1.2. Cooling Fan Operation
When VF66B (DC motor drive) is turned on, the cooling fan installed on it also starts at the same time. It
behaves as follows. Please keep this in mind.
State of VF66B (DC motor drive) Cooling Fan operation
Power-on

It operates for five minutes after power-on and then stops.
However, when VF66B (DC motor drive) is operated within five minutes after
power-on, the cooling fan stops in one minute after VF66B (DC motor drive) stops.

Running

It always operates.

Stop

After VF66B (DC motor drive) stops, it operates for one minute and then stops.

3.2. Console Panel [SET66EX-Z]
VF66B (DC motor drive) has a console panel [SET66EX-Z], which is equipped with a five-digit LED display,eight operation key buttons, a unit LED, and a state display LED, as a standard device. With this console
panel, you can operate the unit, read and write each function setting data, monitor the operating state, anddisplay what are protected during protection operations.

3.2.1. Panel●LED display: Seven-segment five-digit display
Display of alphanumeric characters

r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ
ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ

ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ

ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ

MONI

setting data/protection operation/protection history, etc.

●Unit display (LED display)●Status display (LED display)
FNC:

Turns on when the FNC mode (function setting mode) is selected

DIR:

Turns on when either the [START] key or the [JOG/->] key is selected for the

ＦＷＤ

ＳＥＴ

ＳＴＡＲＴ
ＦＮＣ

Display of operation monitor/function symbol (number)/function selection and

ＲＥＶ

console panel operation.
REV:

Turns on when REV (reverse) is selected.

ALM:

Turns on when the cumulative operation time exceeds the specified time.

RUN:

ＪＯＧ

ＳＴＯＰ
ＲＥＳＥＴ

16

Turns on when the VF66B (DC motor drive) is in operation (Blinks during thedeceleration stop).

JOG:

Turns on when the VF66B (DC motor drive) is in the JOG operation (RUN
turns on simultaneously).

3.2.2. Operation KeysＳＥＴ<In FNC (function setting) mode><FNC (function setting) mode>· Confirms the selection of setting number.
· Writes the setting data.

· Increases the number indicated in the selected digit by+1 when setting the setting number and setting data.
(Numbers change in this order: “0” -> “1” -> …. -> “9”-> “- (minus)” -> “0”)<In MONI (monitor) mode>· Switches the monitor items.

<In MONI (monitor) mode><During protection operation>· Switches the monitor items.(For the details, refer to
Chapter 3 “3.2.4 How to Check Monitor Information.”)· Reads out the one-point traceback data.

Switches MONI mode and FNC mode.
<In FNC (function setting) mode>
MONI
ＦＮＣ

<In FNC (function setting) mode><In MONI (monitor) mode>· Increases the number indicated in the selected digit by-1 when setting the setting number and setting data.
(Numbers change in this order: “0” -> “- (minus)” -> “9”-> … -> “1” -> “0”)· Switches to FNC mode.

<In MONI (monitor) mode>· Switches to MONI mode.

· Switches the monitor items.(For the details, refer to
Chapter 3 “3.2.4 How to Check Monitor Information.”)<In FNC (function setting) mode>
ＦＷＤ
ＲＥＶ· Moves the operation digit (flashing digit) one digit toleft.

<In FNC (function setting) mode><In MONI (monitor) mode＞· Switches the forward rotation/reverse rotation whenthe [START] or the [JOG/->] is active on the console
panel. When the reverse rotation command selectionis active, REV (LED) turns on

ＪＯＧ<In MONI (monitor) mode>· Starts operating the VF66B (DC motor drive) when
console panel is selected in the JOG commanding
place selection.

<In MONI (monitor) mode>
ＳＴＡＲＴ· Starts operating the VF66B (DC motor drive) when the
console panel is selected in the operationcommanding place selection.

· Moves the operation digit (flashing digit) one digit toright.

ＳＴＯＰ
ＲＥＳＥＴ

Stops the VF66B (DC motor drive) while
operating with the [START] key on the console
panel. Resets the protection operation during theprotection operation.

17

3.2.3. Overview of Operation
Console panel [SET66-Z] provides three types of operation modes.
 MONI (Monitor) mode
 FNC (Function setting) mode
 Protection display mode
The operation overview is described in the following table.

Power-onCheck the model/mode of
VF66B (DC motor drive)<Model><Mode><In MONI (monitor) mode>

Press the [STOP/RESET] key

VF66B (DC motor drive) operation status(rotation speed/output current/output
voltage, etc.) is displayed on the display ofProtection

the console panel (seven-segment

releasedProtection
occursfive-digit display).

Press the [MONI/FNC] key

r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ
ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ

ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ

ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ

MONI

ＦＷＤ
ＳＴＡＲＴ

ＳＥＴ
ＦＮＣ

ＲＥＶ

ＪＯＧ

ＳＴＯＰ

→

ＲＥＳＥＴ

Press the [MONI/FNC] key<In protection display mode>
Following actions are taken when

r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ
ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ

ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ

ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ

MONI

ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ

ＦＷＤ

ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ

ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ

MONI
ＳＴＡＲＴ

ＳＥＴ
ＦＮＣ

r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ

ＦＷＤ
ＳＴＡＲＴ

ＳＥＴ
ＦＮＣ

ＲＥＶ

ＲＥＶ

protection operation occurs:- Displays the protection operation- Performs the one-point traceback
display

ＪＯＧ

ＳＴＯＰ

ＪＯＧ

ＳＴＯＰ

→

ＲＥＳＥＴ

→

ＲＥＳＥＴ

*When the [MONI/FNC] key is pressed
while the operation is stopped in the<FNC (function setting) mode>

protection display mode, the mode

FNC (LED) turns on during the FNC (function setting) mode.

changes to the MONI (monitor) mode.

You can set the parameters, etc. required to operate the Protection
occurs
VF66B (DC motor drive).

After that, if no operation is performed forseveral seconds, the mode changes backto the protection display mode.

18

3.2.4. How to Check Monitor Information
With VF66B (DC monitor drive), you can monitor various data, such as the motor speed, current, andvoltage, by the LED display of the console panel [SET66-Z]. Select the item to monitor in the following
steps.
r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ
ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ

ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ

ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ

ＦＷＤ

MONI
ＳＥＴ

ＳＴＡＲＴ
ＦＮＣ

to turn off the FNC (LED).

ＲＥＶ

ＪＯＧ

ＳＴＯＰ

→

ＲＥＳＥＴ

r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ
ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ

When the FNC (LED) on the console panel is turned on, press the [MONI/FNC] key

ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ

ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ

The currently set monitor item is displayed for about one second.
<The figure on the left shows that the motor speed (SPd) is set as the

ＦＷＤ

MONI
ＳＥＴ

ＳＴＡＲＴ
ＦＮＣ

ＲＥＶ

ＪＯＧ

ＳＴＯＰ

→

ＲＥＳＥＴ

monitor item.>

1 sec later
r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ
ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ

ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ

ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ

currently set monitor item.

ＦＷＤ

MONI
ＳＥＴ

ＳＴＡＲＴ
ＦＮＣ

ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ

About one second later, the display changes to data display of the

ＲＥＶ<The figure on the left shows that the motor speed (SPd) is “0

ＪＯＧ

ＳＴＯＰ

→

ＲＥＳＥＴ

[r/min].”>

r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ

When you press either the [SET], [↑], or [↓] key, the currently set

ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ

ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ

monitor item is displayed.

ＦＷＤ

MONI
ＳＥＴ

ＳＴＡＲＴ
ＦＮＣ

ＲＥＶ

ＪＯＧ

ＳＴＯＰ

→

ＲＥＳＥＴ

r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ
ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ

MONI

ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ

ＳＴＡＲＴ

When you press either the

ＪＯＧ

ＳＴＯＰ

[SET] or [↑] key while the

→

ＲＥＳＥＴ

ＦＷＤ

ＳＥＴ
ＦＮＣ

r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ

ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ

ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ

ＲＥＶ

monitor item is displayed, the

ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ

ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ

MONI

ＳＴＡＲＴ

When you press the [↓] key

ＪＯＧ

ＳＴＯＰ

while the monitor item is

→

ＲＥＳＥＴ

ＦＷＤ

ＳＥＴ
ＦＮＣ

ＲＥＶ

displayed, the display

display switches to the next

switches to the next monitor

monitor item and displays it.

item and displays it.

In this case, the display

In this case, the display

switches to the speed

switches to the protectioncommand value (SrEF).

history display (trbLE).

19

3.2.5. List of Monitor Items
A total of 24 monitor items are provided.
No Monitor contents

Selection item
display

Unit

Remarks

1

Motor speed

r/min Displays the motor speed.

2

Speed commandvalue

r/min Displays the speed command value.

3

Armature current
unit display [A]A

Displays the armature current in the unit [A].

4

Armature current
unit display [%]%Displays the armature current in the unit [%].
(100% corresponds to the rated current of VF66B (DC motor drive))5

Armature current
command%

Displays the armature current command.
(100% corresponds to the rated current of VF66B (DC motor drive))

6

Direct-current
voltageV

Displays the direct-current voltage.

7

Armature
voltageV

Displays the armature voltage.

8

Armature
voltagecommandV

Displays the armature voltage command.
(Displays only when the armature voltage control is activated.)

9

Field current

A

Detects the output current of the field amplifier with the current
detector and inputs it from the analog input of VF66B (DC motor
drive).
*For the details of how to set the field current, refer to "6.2 Area A"
in Chapter 6 and "7.2 Area A" in Chapter 7.

Overload
10 protection
Counter

11 Line speed%

Displays a counter value of overload (oL). When this value reaches
100 %, a protection operation starts.

Displays the line speed at the ratio, in which the setting value of line
speed monitor adjustment is reached at the maximum rotation
m/min speed.
* For the details of the line speed monitor setting value, refer to "6.8
Area G" in Chapter 6 and "7.8 Area G" in Chapter 7.
Displays the motor temperature.

Motor
12
temperature

13

20

Input terminal
check 1

°C-

* To measure the temperature of motor, a dedicated optional board
is required.
Displays the state of thefollowing terminals on theterminal block [TB1] on
VFC66-Z:[ST-F]: Forward operation
terminal[MI1]: Multifunction input
terminal (1)[MI2]: Multifunction input
terminal (2)[MI3]: Multifunction input
terminal (3)[MI4]: Multifunction input
terminal (4)MI4 MI3 MI2 MI1 ST-F
When the terminal input is ON:"1" is displayed
When the terminal input is OFF:"0" is displayed* The example above indicatesthat [ST-F] and [MI3] are ON.

No Monitor contents

14

15

16

17

Input terminal
check 2

Input terminal
check 3

Input terminal
check 4

Output terminal
check 1

Output terminal
18
check 2

Selection item
display

Unit

-

-

-

-

-

Remarks
Displays the state of thefollowing terminals on theterminal block [TB1] or optionalboard on VFC66-Z:[MI5]: Multifunction input
terminal (5)[MI6]: Multifunction input
terminal (6)[MI7]: Multifunction input
terminal (7)[MI8]: Multifunction input
terminal (8)[MI9]: Multifunction input
terminal (9)Displays the state of thefollowing terminals on theoptional board:[MI10]: Multifunction input
terminal (10)[MI11]: Multifunction input
terminal (11)[MI12]: Multifunction input
terminal (12)[MI13]: Multifunction input
terminal (13)[MI14]: Multifunction input
terminal (14)Displays the state of thefollowing terminals on theoptional board:[MI15]: Multifunction input
terminal (15)[MI16]: Multifunction input
terminal (16)[MI17]: Multifunction input
terminal (17)Displays the state of thefollowing terminals on theterminal block [TB1] on
VFC66-Z:[52MA]: Operation[86A]: Protection[MO1]: Multifunction output
terminal (1)[MO2]: Multifunction output
terminal (2)Displays the state of thefollowing terminals on theoptional board:[MO3]: Multifunction output
terminal (3)[MO4]: Multifunction output
terminal (4)MI9 MI8 MI7 MI6 MI5When the terminal input is ON:"1" is displayed
When the terminal input is OFF:"0" is displayed* The example above indicatesthat [MI6] is ON.

MI14 MI13 MI12 MI11 MI10
When the terminal input is ON:"1" is displayed
When the terminal input is OFF:"0" is displayed* The example above indicatesthat [MI11] is ON.

[No function] [No function] MI17

MI16 MI15

When the terminal input is ON:"1" is displayed
When the terminal input is OFF:"0" is displayed* The example above indicatesthat [MI16] is ON.

[No function] MO2 MO1 86A 52MA

When the terminal output is ON:"1" is displayed
When the terminal output is OFF:"0" is displayed* The example above indicatesthat [52MA] is ON.

[No function] MO6 MO5 MO4 MO3When the terminal output is ON:"1" is displayed
When the terminal output is OFF:"0" is displayed21

No Monitor contents

Selection item
display

Unit

Remarks[MO5]:[MO6]:

19

20

Cumulative
operation time

Timer remaining
time 1

Multifunction output
terminal (5)Multifunction output
terminal (6)* The example above indicatesthat [MO3] is ON.

Hr

Displays the cumulative operation time of VF66B (DC motor drive).

Hr

When the cumulative operation time of VF66B (DC motor drive)
exceeds 43800 hours (changeable), the LED of [ALM] display turns
on. This display value serves as an indicator of the remaining life of
the electrolytic capacitor of the main circuit part.
* For the details of the setting value of cumulative operation timer(1), refer to "6.7 Area F" in Chapter 6 and "7.7 Area F" in
Chapter 7.

21

Timer remaining
time 2

Hr

When the cumulative operation time of VF66B (DC motor drive)
exceeds 21900 hours (changeable), the LED of [ALM] display turns
on. This display value serves as an indicator of the remaining life of
the cooling fan.
* For the details of the setting value of cumulative operation timer(2), refer to "6.7 Area F" in Chapter 6 and "7.7 Area F" in
Chapter 7.

22 Main unit version

PLC function
23
version--

Displays the version of the main unit program.
(Example: In case of VF66-21-A1, it is displayed as.)

Displays the date when a sequence ladder was created.
(Example: In case of "September 28, 2001," it is displayed as. Months will be displayed as follows: "A" for October, "B"
for November, and "C" for December.
Displays the voltage which is input to the terminal block [TB1](AIN1)of VFC66-Z.

24

Analog input
voltageV* It is also possible to display the voltage input to (AIN2) to (AIN5)
on the optional board. *For the details of how to set, refer to "6.8
Area G" in Chapter 6 and "7.8 Area G" in Chapter 7.

25

Adjustment
monitor-(Special monitor for special adjustment)

26

Protection
history display-

Displays the history of the last six protection items and the data ofprotection operations.

Monitor items can be switched by pressing the [SET] key or the [] key and the [] key on the console panel[SET66-Z] as follows: The [SET] key or the [] key and the [] key switch the monitor items in the opposite
direction.

22

3.3. How to Perform Trial Operation
In the trial operation, perform the trial operation only with the motor first and check that it operates properly.
Only after that, connect it to the unit. This section describes how to perform the trial operation by using theconsole panel [SET66-Z].
Check capacity/voltage to use

Preparation/Wiring

Perform wiring between VF66B (DC motor drive) and power supplies (R/L1, S/L2,
T/L3), outputs (P and N) and motors (A and F), and the ground ().

Power-onCheck the model/mode of
VF66B (DC motor drive)

Set motor constant<Model><Mode>

Set the constant in the parameter to the motors required for operation.
Set the operation commanding place for the operation command, speedcommand, etc. to the console panel [SET66-Z]. Set as follows.

Select the operationcommanding place

Area b *In the default setting (factory default data), they are as follows.
Display
Contents
Setting value
b-09

Command input when coupled

Set to 1 (console)b-10

Speed command input selection

Set to 0 (interlocked)

b-11

Operation command input selection

Set to 0 (interlocked)

b-12

JOG command input selection

Set to 0 (interlocked)

Set the speed command,

r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ

acceleration/deceleration time, etc.
ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ

ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ

ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ

[SET66-Z] to turn on FNC (LED). Set “0. SrEF” (speedcommand)/”3. Acc1” (acceleration time), etc. For the

ＦＷＤ

MONI

Press the [MONI/FNC] key on the console panel

ＳＴＡＲＴ

ＳＥＴ
ＦＮＣ

details, refer to Chapter 3 “3.3.1 How to Change the

ＲＥＶ

ＪＯＧ

ＳＴＯＰ

→

ＲＥＳＥＴ

Motor Speed” and the subsequent sections.

Settingchange

r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ

Operation/Stop

ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ

ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ

ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ

MONI

ＦＷＤ
ＳＴＡＲＴ

ＳＥＴ
ＦＮＣ

ＲＥＶ

ＪＯＧ

ＳＴＯＰ

→

ＲＥＳＥＴ

Press the [MONI/FNC] key on the console panel[SET66-Z] to turn off FNC (LED). When you press the[START] key, the operation starts with the speedcommand (0. SrEF), acceleration time (3. Acc1), etc. as
they were set. When you press the [STOP/RESET] key,
the operation stops.

23

3.3.1. How to Change the Motor Speed
This section describes how to change the speed of the motor.
r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ
ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ

ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ

ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ

When the FNC (LED) on the console panel [SET66-Z] is turned off, press the [MONI/FNC] key to turnon the FNC (LED).

ＦＷＤ

MONI
ＳＥＴ

ＳＴＡＲＴ
ＦＮＣ

ＲＥＶ

ＪＯＧ

ＳＴＯＰ

→

ＲＥＳＥＴ

r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ
ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ

ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ

ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ

Use the [↑] and [↓] keys to select “0. SrEF” (Speed command). Press the [SET]
key to confirm.

ＦＷＤ

MONI

ＳＴＡＲＴ

ＳＥＴ
ＦＮＣ

ＲＥＶ

ＪＯＧ

ＳＴＯＰ

→

ＲＥＳＥＴ

r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ
ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ

ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ

ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ

ＦＷＤ

MONI

ＳＴＡＲＴ

ＳＥＴ
ＦＮＣ

ＲＥＶ

ＪＯＧ

ＳＴＯＰ

→

ＲＥＳＥＴ

r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ
ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ

ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ

ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ

Use the [JOG/→] key to move the operation digit to the right, use the [↑] and [↓]keys to change the number (Speed command), and press the [SET] key toconfirm.
*The setting range is from -1800 to 1800 [r/min] in the default state.

After confirming the Speed command with the [SET] key, “0. SrEF” is displayed
again.

ＦＷＤ

MONI
ＳＥＴ

ＳＴＡＲＴ
ＦＮＣ

ＲＥＶ

ＪＯＧ

ＳＴＯＰ

→

ＲＥＳＥＴ

r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ
ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ

ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ

ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ

ＦＷＤ

MONI
ＳＥＴ

ＳＴＡＲＴ
ＦＮＣ

ＲＥＶ

ＪＯＧ

ＳＴＯＰ

→

ＲＥＳＥＴ

Press the [MONI/FNC] key to turn off FNC (LED). Monitor item, such as “SPd,”
is displayed for about one second.
*For the details of the monitor items, refer to Chapter 3 “3.2.5 List of Monitor
Items.”

1 sec.
later
r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ
ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ

ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ

ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ

ＦＷＤ

MONI
ＳＥＴ

ＳＴＡＲＴ
ＦＮＣ

ＪＯＧ

ＳＴＯＰ

→

ＲＥＳＥＴ

ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ

ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ

ＦＷＤ

MONI
ＳＥＴ

ＳＴＡＲＴ
ＦＮＣ

monitor item.
<The figure on the left shows that the motor speed is “0 [r/min].”>

ＲＥＶ

r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ
ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ

About one second later, the display changes to data display of the currently set

ＲＥＶ

ＪＯＧ

ＳＴＯＰ

→

ＲＥＳＥＴ

When you press the [START] key, the motor starts to rotate. The rotation speed
changes until the set rotation speed is reached. During operation, the data of thecurrently set monitor items is displayed.
<The figure on the left shows that the current motor speed is “50 [r/min].”>*If the motor does not start rotation after you pressed the [START] key, change
the Speed command (0. SrEF). This can be changed during the operation, too.

r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ
ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ

ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ

ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ

MONI

ＦＷＤ

ＳＥＴ

ＳＴＡＲＴ
ＦＮＣ

When you press the [STOP/RESET] key, the operation stops and the rotation of
motor stops.
<The figure on the left shows that the current motor speed is “0 [r/min].”>

ＲＥＶ

ＪＯＧ

ＳＴＯＰ

→

ＲＥＳＥＴ

<Setting range of the Speed command/setting resolution/initialized data/unit>
Consolepanel
Use monitor
display
0.SrEF*

24

Contents

Speed command

Setting range(Selecting item)- Maximum speed (A-00) to Maximum speed (A-00)

Setting Initialized
resolution
data
1

0

Unit

r/min

For the details of the Maximum speed (A-00), refer to "6.2 Area A" in Chapter 6 and "7.2 Area A" in
Chapter 7.

3.3.2. How to Change the Acceleration/Deceleration time
r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ
ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ

ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ

ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ

When the FNC (LED) on the console panel [SET66-Z] is turned off, press the [MONI/FNC] key to turn on
the FNC (LED).

ＦＷＤ

MONI
ＳＥＴ

ＳＴＡＲＴ
ＦＮＣ

ＲＥＶ

ＪＯＧ

ＳＴＯＰ

→

ＲＥＳＥＴ

<Acceleration
time><Deceleration time>
r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ

ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ

ＦＷＤ

MONI
ＳＥＴ

ＳＴＡＲＴ
ＦＮＣ

r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ

ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ

ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ

ＲＥＶ

ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ

Use the [↑] and [↓] keys to select “3.

ＳＴＯＰ

→

ＲＥＳＥＴ

ＲＥＶ

ＪＯＧ

ＳＴＯＰ

→

ＲＥＳＥＴ

→

ＲＥＳＥＴ

*The setting range is from 0.0 to 3600.0 [s].

<Acceleration
time><Deceleration time>
r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ

ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ

ＦＷＤ

ＳＥＴ

ＳＴＡＲＴ
ＦＮＣ

r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ

ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ

ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ

MONI

ＲＥＶ

ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ

After confirming the Acceleration
time with the [SET] key, “3. Acc1” is

ＪＯＧ

ＳＴＯＰ

→

ＲＥＳＥＴ

MONI

ＦＷＤ

ＳＥＴ

ＳＴＡＲＴ
ＦＮＣ

ＲＥＶ

After confirming the Deceleration
time with the [SET] key, “4. dEc1” is

ＪＯＧ

ＳＴＯＰ

→

ＲＥＳＥＴ

displayed again.

Press the [MONI/FNC] key to turn off FNC (LED). Monitor item, suchas “SPd,” is displayed for about one second.

ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ

ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ

ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ

ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ

displayed again.

r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ
ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ

Press the [SET] key to confirm.

[SET] key to confirm.

ＳＴＡＲＴ
ＦＮＣ

Use the [↑] and [↓] keys to select “4.
dEc1” (Deceleration time (1)).

ＳＴＯＰ

keys to change the numbers (Acceleration time/Deceleration time), and press the

ＦＷＤ

MONI
ＳＥＴ

ＲＥＶ

ＪＯＧ

Use the [JOG/→] key to move the operation digit to the right, use the [↑] and [↓]

ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ

ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ

ＳＴＡＲＴ
ＦＮＣ

the [SET] key to confirm.

r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ
ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ

ＦＷＤ

MONI
ＳＥＴ

Acc1” (Acceleration time (1)). Press

ＪＯＧ

ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ

ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ

ＦＷＤ

MONI

ＳＴＡＲＴ

ＳＥＴ
ＦＮＣ

ＲＥＶ

ＪＯＧ

ＳＴＯＰ

→

ＲＥＳＥＴ

1 sec.
later

About one second later, the display changes to the data of thecurrently set monitor item
<The figure on the left shows that the motor speed is “0 [r/min].”>.

r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ
ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ

ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ

ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ

ＦＷＤ

MONI
ＳＥＴ

ＳＴＡＲＴ
ＦＮＣ

ＲＥＶ

ＪＯＧ

ＳＴＯＰ

→

ＲＥＳＥＴ

When you press the [START] key, the operation starts. The motor starts
to rotate and accelerates/decelerates at the set
Acceleration/Deceleration time. During operation, the data of thecurrently set monitor items is displayed.
<The figure on the left shows that the motor speed is “50 [r/min].”>*Acceleration/Deceleration time can be changed during the operation,
too.

r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ
ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ

ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ

ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ

ＦＷＤ

MONI

ＳＴＡＲＴ

ＳＥＴ
ＦＮＣ

ＲＥＶ

ＪＯＧ

ＳＴＯＰ

→

ＲＥＳＥＴ

When you press the [STOP/RESET] key, the operation stops and therotation of motor stops.
<The figure on the left shows that the current motor speed is “0[r/min].”>

r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ
ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ

ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ

ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ

MONI

ＦＷＤ

ＳＥＴ

ＳＴＡＲＴ
ＦＮＣ

ＲＥＶ

ＪＯＧ

ＳＴＯＰ

→

ＲＥＳＥＴ

<Setting range of the Acceleration/Deceleration time/setting resolution/initialized data/unit>
Consolepanel
Use monitor
display

Setting range(Selecting item)

Contents

Setting Initialized
resolution
data

Unit

3.Acc1

Acceleration time (1)0.0 to 3600.0

0.1

30.0

sec

4.dEc1

Deceleration time (1)0.0 to 3600.0

0.1

30.0

sec

25

3.3.3. How to Change the Rotation Direction
There are two ways to change the rotation direction.
(1) By pressing the [FWD/REV] key of the operation key.

r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ
ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ

ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ

ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ

ＳＥＴ

ＳＴＡＲＴ
ＦＮＣ

・ If FNC (LED) is turned on, press the [MONI/FNC] key to turn it off.
・ When you press the [FWD/REV] key during the operation/stop, therotation direction of motor changes.

ＦＷＤ

MONI

・ Make sure that FNC (LED) is turned off.

ＲＥＶ

* REV (LED) turns on.
* When you press the [FWD/REV] key while REV (LED) is turned on, REV

ＪＯＧ

ＳＴＯＰ

→

ＲＥＳＥＴ

(LED) turns off.

(2) By entering the negative command
You can change the rotation direction of motor by setting the value of "0.SrEF" (Speed command) to anegative number in "3.3.1 How to Change the Motor Speed" in Chapter 3.

3.3.4. How to Perform JOG Operation

r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ
ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ

ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ

ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ

・ Make sure that FNC (LED) is turned off.
・ If FNC (LED) is turned on, press the [MONI/FNC] key to turn it off.
・ When you press the [JOG/→] key, the JOG operation starts.

MONI

ＦＷＤ
ＳＴＡＲＴ

ＳＥＴ
ＦＮＣ

ＲＥＶ

* RUN (LED) and JOG (LED) turn on.
* The JOG operation stops when you release the [JOG/→] key.

26

ＪＯＧ

ＳＴＯＰ

→

ＲＥＳＥＴ

Chapter 4 How to Change Parameters with
Console Panel
This chapter describes how to change the parameters by using the console panel [SET66-Z].
r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ
ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ

ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ

ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ

When the FNC (LED) on the console panel [SET66-Z] is turned off, press the [MONI/FNC]
key to turn on the FNC (LED).

ＦＷＤ

MONI
ＳＥＴ

ＳＴＡＲＴ
ＦＮＣ

ＲＥＶ

ＪＯＧ

ＳＴＯＰ

→

ＲＥＳＥＴ

r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ
ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ

ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ

ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ

ＦＷＤ

MONI
ＳＥＴ

ＳＴＡＲＴ
ＦＮＣ

ＲＥＶ

ＪＯＧ

ＳＴＯＰ

→

ＲＥＳＥＴ

r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ
ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ

“0. SrEF” basic setting area is displayed. Use the [↑] and [↓] keys tomove to the desired setting item.

ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ

ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ

*For the setting area, refer to “Chapter 5 List of Setting Areas.”

As to the Areas A to S, while the alphabet part is blinking, you can moveto other setting areas.

ＦＷＤ

MONI
ＳＥＴ

ＳＴＡＲＴ
ＦＮＣ

ＲＥＶ

ＪＯＧ

ＳＴＯＰ

→

ＲＥＳＥＴ

r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ
ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ

ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ

ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ

ＦＷＤ

MONI
ＳＥＴ

ＳＴＡＲＴ
ＦＮＣ

ＲＥＶ

ＪＯＧ

ＳＴＯＰ

→

ＲＥＳＥＴ

r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ
ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ

ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ

ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ

*For the setting areas, refer to “Chapter 5 List of Setting Areas.”

Use the [JOG/→] key to move the operation digit to the right, and the[FWD/REV] key to the left. Use the [↑] and [↓] keys to change thenumber. After setting to the desired parameter, confirm with the [SET]
key.
<The figure on the left shows that the setting contens "b-11" is set.>
Use the [↑] and [↓] keys to change to a desired number, and press the[SET] key to confirm.
<The figure on the left shows that the parameter data is set to “1.”>

ＦＷＤ

MONI
ＳＥＴ

ＳＴＡＲＴ
ＦＮＣ

ＲＥＶ

ＪＯＧ

ＳＴＯＰ

→

ＲＥＳＥＴ

In case of selection data

In case of selection data, use the[↑] and [↓] keys to select the data.

If the data cannot be written
More than the upper

If the selected parameter
does not exist

r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ
ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ

ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ

ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ

MONI

ＦＷＤ

ＳＥＴ

ＳＴＡＲＴ
ＦＮＣ

ＳＴＯＰ

→

ＲＥＳＥＴ

ＲＵＮ
ＪＯＧ

ＲＥＶ
ＡＬＭ

MONI

ＦＷＤ

ＳＥＴ

ＳＴＡＲＴ
ＦＮＣ

Less than the lower
limit of the setting

Rewrite prohibited

The changed parameter is displayed again<The figure on the left shows “b-11” because the setting item
“b-11” is set.>

ＲＥＶ

ＪＯＧ

r/min
Ｈｚ
Ａ
Ｖ
ＦＮＣ
ＤＩＲ

limit of the setting

Press the [MONI/FNC] key to turn off FNC (LED). Monitor item, such as“SPd,” is displayed for about one second. Data of the monitor item isdisplayed.

ＲＥＶ

ＪＯＧ

ＳＴＯＰ

→

ＲＥＳＥＴ

*For parameters, refer to “Chapter 6 List of Parameters” and “Chapter 7 Description of Parameters.”

27

Chapter 5 List of Setting Areas
VF66B (DC motor drive) provides the total of 16 areas: "basic setting area" through "area S." The following
table indicates the setting area and main contents of each setting.
Setting area

Console panel
Monitor display

Main contents
Speed command
Forward JOG speed
Reverse JOG speed
Acceleration time (1)Deceleration time (1)Basic setting area
Acceleration time (2)Deceleration time (2)Speed control proportion gain (1)Speed control integral time constant (1)System inertial moment (1)Area A

Maximum speed
Rated motor/motor's constantArea bOperation command input selection
Analog input (1) characteristics selection
Analog output (1) characteristics selection

Area cMultifunction input place selection

Area dAcceleration time, JOG acceleration time selection

Area E

Current control gain
Output voltage limit

Area F

Protection function related
Cumulative operation timer

Area G

Analog input (2) characteristics selection
Analog output (2) characteristics selection

Area H

Multifunction output place selection

Area iSpeed control/Armature current control/Armature voltage control switching

Area J

Communication options

Area L

Direct-current voltage adjustment gain
Analog input/output adjustment gain

Area nVF66B (DC motor drive) model

Area P

Parameters used in the internal PLC function

Area S

Initialized
Cumulative operation timer clear

28

Chapter 6 List of Parameters
This chapter shows parameters of VF66B (DC motor drive). Each section of this chapter shows parameters ofeach area.
* For descriptions of each parameter, refer to Chapter 7, Descriptions of Parameters.

6.1. Basic Setting Area
Symbols of Driving ReWrite
Consolepanel
monitordisplay
0.SrEF

Contents

Speed command

: ReWrite is possible,

Setting range (selecting item)

×: ReWrite is not possible

Factoryinitializeddata- Maximum speed (A-00) to Maximum speed(A-00)

0

Unit

Driving
ReWriter/min

1.FJoG

Forward JOG speed

Minimum speed (A-01) to 300

24

r/min



2.rJoG

Reverse JOG speed-300 to –minimum speed (A-01)

-24

r/min



3.Acc1

Acceleration time (1)0.0 to 3600.0

30.0

sec



4.dEc1

Deceleration time (1)0.0 to 3600.0

30.0

sec



5.Acc2

Acceleration time (2)0.0 to 3600.0

0.3

sec



6.dEc2

Deceleration time (2)0.0 to 3600.0

0.3

sec



7.ASrP

Speed control proportion gain (1)1 to 5015-



8.ASrI

Speed control integral time constant (1) 20 to 10000

40

msec



9.ASrJ

System inertia moment (1)

10

gm2



0 to 65535

6.2. Area A (Maximum Speed, Rated Motor, Parameters Setting Area)
Symbols of Driving ReWrite
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

: ReWrite is possible,

Setting range (selecting item)

A-00

Maximum speed*5300 to 14700

A-01

Minimum speed

0 to maximum speed (A-00)

A-02

Rated motor capacity

Depends on the model*1

A-03

Rated motor armature voltage

×: ReWrite is not possible

Factoryinitialized
data

r/min

×

0

r/min



kW

×

V

×

A

×

r/min

×

VF66B
(DC motor
drive) rated
capacity(200 V class) 70 to 230

220(400V class) 140 to 460

440

Rated motor armature current

A-05

Rated motor speed

20 to 100% of the maximum speed (A-00)

A-06[No function]

A-07

Rated motor field current

A-08
A-09

A-10

-

Driving
ReWrite

1150

VF66B
20 to 150% of the rated current of VF66B (DC (DC motor
drive) rated
motor drive)current

A-04

Unit

1150
-

-

-

0.0 to 30.0

0.0

A

×

Number of PG-pulse

60 to 32767

600

P/R

×

PWM carrier frequency

2.0

2.0

kHz

×

PG selection

1: AB phase input
2: Tachogenerator input (analog input(1))[VFC66-Z TB1](AIN1)
3: Tachogenerator input (analog input(2))[Optional board] (AIN2)
4: Tachogenerator input (analog input(3))[Optional board] (AIN3)

1

-

×

29

Consolepanel
monitordisplay

A-11

Contents

Dead time compensation(P Positive side)

Factoryinitialized
data

Unit

Driving
ReWrite0.00 to 9.99

VF66B
(DC motor
drive)
Varies withthe model*1

μsec

×

0.00 to 9.99

VF66B
(DC motor
drive)
Varies withthe model*1

μsec

×

Setting range (selecting item)

A-12

Dead time compensation(P Negative side)

A-13[For special adjustment]*2

-

-

-

-

A-14

[For special adjustment]*2

-

-

-

-

A-15

Dead time compensation(N Positive side)

0.00 to 9.99

VF66B
(DC motor
drive)
Varies withthe model*1

μsec

×

Dead time compensation(N Negative side)

0.00 to 9.99

VF66B
(DC motor
drive)
Varies withthe model*1

μsec

×

A-17

Motor armature resistance

VF66B(DC motor(The setting range varies with the model ofdrive)*1
VF66B (DC motor drive))
Varies withthe model*1

mΩ

×

A-18

[No function]

A-16

-

-

-

-

mH

×

A-19

Motor armature inductance

VF66B(DC motor(The setting range varies with the model ofdrive)
VF66B (DC motor drive))*1
Varies withthe model*1

A-20

Rated speed of tachogenerator

100 to 5000

2000

r/min

×

A-21

Voltage input to VF66B (DC motor
drive) upon rated speed oftachogenerator

0.00 to 10.00

5.00

V

×

A-22

0: No input
Field current monitoring input location 1: Analog input (1) [VFC66-Z TB1] (AIN1)
2: Analog input (2) [optional board] (AIN2)
selection
3: Analog input (3) [optional board] (AIN3)

0

-

×

A-23

Voltage input to VF66B (DC motor
0.1 to 10.0
drive) upon rated field current

4.0

V

×

A-24

[No function]

-

-

-

-

A-25

[No function]

-

-

-

-

A-26

[No function]

-

-

-

-

A-27

[No function]

-

-

-

-

*1: Refer to "7.2. Area A" in Chapter 7 for information on the minimum value of the setting range of the rated motor
capacity (A-02), factory-initialized data of the dead time compensation (P Positive side) (A-11) to dead timecompensation (N Negative side) (A-16), setting range and factory-initialized data of the motor armature resistance(A-17), and setting range and factory-initialized data of the motor armature inductance (A-19).
*2: This item is for special adjustment. Leave the parameter data at the factory-initialized data.

30

6.3. Area b (Operation Sequence Setting Area)
Symbols of Driving ReWrite
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

: ReWrite is possible,

Setting range (selecting item)

×: ReWrite is not possible

Factoryinitialized
data

Unit

Driving
ReWrite

oFF

-

×

1

-



b-00

Setting data rewrite protectionoFF (None)on (Setting data rewrite protection)b-01

Stop mode selection

0: Free stop
1: Deceleration stop

b-02

Stop speed

0 to 300

30

r/min



b-03

[No function]

-

-

-

-

b-04

[No function]

-

-

-

-

b-05

JOG stop mode selection

0: Free stop
1: Deceleration stop

0

-



b-06

JOG stop speed

0 to 300

30

r/min



b-07

Instantaneous power interruption
restartoFF (Not restart)on (Restart)

oFF

-

×

b-08

Reverse rotation/reverse voltage
prohibition mode selection

0: Normal
1: Prohibit operation in the direction opposite
to command
2: Prohibit opposite direction

0

-

×

b-09

Command input when coupled

0: Terminal block
1: Console panel [SET66-Z]
2: Communication option

1

-

×

Speed/armature voltage command
input selection

0: Interlock
1: Analog input (1) [VFC66-Z TB1] (AIN1)
2: Console panel [SET66-Z]
3: Communication option
4: Analog input (2) [optional board] (AIN2)
5: [For expanded options]*1
6: Analog input (3) [optional board] (AIN3)
7: Internal PLC function

0

-

×

Operation command input selection

0: Interlock
1: Terminal block [VFC66-Z TB1] (ST-F)
2: Console panel [SET66-Z]
3: Communication option

0

-

×

JOG command input selection

0: Interlock
1: Terminal block[VFC66-Z TB1] (MI1 to MI5)*2[Optional board] (MI6 to MI17)*2
2: Console panel [SET66-Z]
3: Communication option

0

-

×

150

%



-150

%



-150

%



b-10

b-11

b-12

b-13

Forward powering armature current
limit

0 to value that depends on rated motor
armature current <A-04>*3* The rated current of VF66B (DC motor drive)is 100%-value that depends on rated motor armature
current <A-04>*3 to 0

b-14

b-15

Forward regenerative armature current
limit* The rated current of VF66B (DC motor drive)is 100%

Reverse powering armature current
limit-value that depends on rated motor armature
current <A-04>*3 to 0
* The rated current of VF66B (DC motor drive)is 100%31

Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)

Factoryinitialized
data

Unit

Driving
ReWrite

150

%



0

-

×

100.0

%



0.0

%



0.000

V



8

-

×

0

%

×

0 to value that depends on rated motor
armature current <A-04>*3

b-16

b-17

Reverse regenerative armature current
limit* The rated current of VF66B (DC motor drive)is 100%
Analog input (1) characteristics
selection

0: 0 to ±10 V (bipolarity)
1: 0 to 10 V (unipolarity)
2: 4 to 20 mA
Absolute value of analog input (1)speed/voltage lower limit (b-19)
to 100.0

b-18

Analog input (1) speed/voltage upper
limit* When the operation mode selection is speed
control mode (i-07 = 0):
The maximum speed (A-00) is 100%
When the operation mode selection isarmature voltage control mode (i-07 = 5):
The forward or reverse direction output
maximum voltage (E-11, E-12) whichever islarger is 100%
-analog input (1) speed/voltage upper limit(b-18)
to analog input (1) speed/voltage upper limit(b-18)

b-19

Analog input (1) speed/voltage lower
limit

b-20

Analog input zero limit voltage

b-21

Analog output (1) characteristics
selection* When the operation mode selection is speed
control mode (i-07 = 0):
The maximum speed (A-00) is 100%
When the operation mode selection isarmature voltage control mode (i-07 = 5):
The forward or reverse direction output
maximum voltage (E-11, E-12) whichever islarger is 100%
0.000 to 1.000
0: Output voltage
1: Output current
2: Armature current command
3: Speed
4: Speed command
5: Internal PLC function output
6: Calibration
7: Internal monitor
8: [For special adjustment]-1: [No function]-2: 6F speed-3: 6F calibrationb-22[For special adjustment]

0 to 1000*1: This item is for expanded options. Normally, do not set this item.
*2: The multifunction input terminal function needs to be set to JOG command [forward rotation] or [reverse rotation]. For
information on the multifunction input function, refer to "6.4. Area c" in Chapter 6 and "7.4. Area c" in Chapter 7.

32

6.4. Area c (Multifunction Input Related Setting Area)
Symbols of Driving ReWrite
Consolepanel
monitordisplay
c-00
c-01
c-02
c-03
c-04
c-05
c-06
c-07
c-08
c-09
c-10
c-11
c-12
c-13
c-14
c-15
c-16
c-17

Contents

Multifunction input place selection

: ReWrite is possible,

Setting range (selecting item)

0: Terminal block
1: Communication option

Multifunction input terminal (1) function 0: Preset speed selection 1
selection
1: Preset speed selection 2
Multifunction input terminal (2) function 2: Preset speed selection 3
3: Acceleration/deceleration selection 1
selection
4: Acceleration/deceleration selection 2
Multifunction input terminal (3) function 5: Speed up command (MRH mode)
selection
6: Speed down command (MRH mode)
Multifunction input terminal (4) function 7: Speed/voltage holdselection
8: Prohibitionofs-pattern
acceleration/deceleration
Multifunction input terminal (5) function
9: Maximum speed/voltage reduction
selection
10: Drooping control inactive
Multifunction input terminal (6) function 11: Speed/current control selection
selection
12: Forward rotation (positive voltage)/reverse
Multifunction input terminal (7) function
rotation (reverse voltage) operation
selectioncommand selection
Multifunction input terminal (8) function 13: Field loss signal
14: Field overcurrent signal
selection
15: External failure signal 1
Multifunction input terminal (9) function(Protection relay 86A active)
selection
16: External failure signal 2
Multifunction input terminal (10)(Protection relay 86A active)function selection
17: External failure signal 3(Protection relay 86A active)
Multifunction input terminal (11)18: External failure signal 4function selection(Protection relay 86A active)
Multifunction input terminal (12)19: External failure signal 1
function selection(Protection relay 86A inactive)
Multifunction input terminal (13)
20: External failure signal 2function selection(Protection relay 86A inactive)
21: External failure signal 3
Multifunction input terminal (14)(Protection relay 86A inactive)function selection
22: External failure signal 4
Multifunction input terminal (15)(Protection relay 86A inactive)function selection
23: Traceback external trigger
Multifunction input terminal (16)24: Second setting block selection
function selection
25: Emergency stop (Normally close)
26: [For special adjustment]*1
Multifunction input terminal (17)27: Speed/voltage commanding terminal block
function selection
selection
28: Operation command [forward rotation](STARTF)*2
29: Operation command [reverse rotation](STARTR)
30: JOG command [forward rotation] (JOGF)
31: JOG command [reverse rotation] (JOGR)
32: Emergency stop (Normally open)
33: Protection reset (RESET)
34: External signal input 1
35: External signal input 2
36: External signal input 3
37: External signal input 4

×: ReWrite is not possible

Factoryinitialized
data

Unit

Driving
ReWrite

0

-

×

13

-

×

14

-

×

31

-

×

32

-

×

33

-

×

0

-

×

1

-

×

2

-

×

3

-

×

4

-

×

5

-

×

6

-

×

7

-

×

8

-

×

9

-

×

10

-

×

11

-

×

*1: This item is for special adjustment. Normally, do not set this item.
*2: Do not set the operation command [forward rotation] (STARTF) because this function is usually assigned to the control
input terminal block [VFC66-Z TB1] (ST-F).

33

6.5. Area d (Acceleration/Deceleration Time Setting, Speed Jump Function, MRH Function
Setting Area)
Symbols of Driving ReWrite
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

: ReWrite is possible,

Setting range (selecting item)

×: ReWrite is not possible

Factoryinitialized
data

Unit

Driving
ReWrited-00

Acceleration/deceleration time
selection

0: Acceleration/deceleration time (1)1: Acceleration/deceleration time (2)2: Acceleration/deceleration time (3)3: Acceleration/deceleration time (4)

0

-

×

d-01

JOG acceleration/deceleration time
selection

0: Acceleration/deceleration time (1)1: Acceleration/deceleration time (2)2: Acceleration/deceleration time (3)3: Acceleration/deceleration time (4)

1

-

×

d-02

Acceleration time (3)0.0 to 3600.0

30.0

sec



d-03

Deceleration time (3)0.0 to 3600.0

30.0

sec



d-04

Acceleration time (4)0.0 to 3600.0

30.0

sec



d-05

Deceleration time (4)0.0 to 3600.0

30.0

sec



d-06

S-pattern acceleration/deceleration
usage selectionoFF (Unused)on (Used)

oFF

-

×

d-07

S-pattern rise time (1)0.0 to 60.0

0.1

sec



d-08

S-pattern acceleration reach time (1)0.0 to 60.0

0.1

sec



d-09

S-pattern fall time (1)0.0 to 60.0

0.1

sec



d-10

S-pattern deceleration reach time (1)0.0 to 60.0

0.1

sec



d-11

S-pattern rise time (2)0.0 to 60.0

0.1

sec



d-12

S-pattern acceleration reach time (2)0.0 to 60.0

0.1

sec



d-13

S-pattern fall time (2)0.0 to 60.0

0.1

sec



d-14

S-pattern deceleration reach time (2)0.0 to 60.0

0.1

sec



d-15

Preset speed (1)- maximum speed (A-00) to maximum speed(A-00)

0

r/min



d-16

Preset speed (2)- maximum speed (A-00) to maximum speed(A-00)

0

r/min



d-17

Preset speed (3)- maximum speed (A-00) to maximum speed(A-00)

0

r/min



d-18

Preset speed (4)- maximum speed (A-00) to maximum speed(A-00)

0

r/min



d-19

Preset speed (5)- maximum speed (A-00) to maximum speed(A-00)

0

r/min



d-20

Preset speed (6)- maximum speed (A-00) to maximum speed(A-00)

0

r/min



d-21

Preset speed (7)- maximum speed (A-00) to maximum speed(A-00)

0

r/min



d-22

Jump speed (1)0 to maximum speed (A-00)

0

r/min



d-23

Jump speed (2)0 to maximum speed (A-00)

0

r/min



d-24

Jump speed (3)0 to maximum speed (A-00)

0

r/min



d-25

Jump speed (4)0 to maximum speed (A-00)

0

r/min



d-26

Jump speed width

0 to 300

0

r/min



d-27

MRH function usage selectionoFF (Unused)on (Used)

oFF

-

×

d-28

MRH upper limit speed

MRH lower limit speed (d-29)
to maximum speed (A-00)

300

r/min



d-29

MRH lower limit speed- maximum speed (A-00)
to MRH upper limit speed (d-28)

0

r/min



d-30

Speed deviation limiting command
selectionoFF (Without limiting command)on (With limiting command)

oFF

-



d-31

Maximum deviation (positive)

0.0 to 100.0* The maximum speed (A-00) is 100%

5.0

%



34

Consolepanel
monitordisplayd-32

Contents

Maximum deviation (negative)

Setting range (selecting item)

Factoryinitialized
data-100.0 to 0.0* The maximum speed (A-00) is 100%

-5.0

Unit

Driving
ReWrite%

6.6. Area E (Current Cotrol Gain, Output Voltage Limit Related Setting Area)
Symbols of Driving ReWrite
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

E-00

Regeneration stall prevention function
usage selection

E-01

Regeneration stall prevention voltage

E-02[No function]

: ReWrite is possible,

Setting range (selecting item)oFF (Unused)on (Used)

×: ReWrite is not possible

Factoryinitialized
data
oFF

(200 V class) 320 to 360

340(400V class) 640 to 720

680

-

Unit

Driving
ReWrite

-

×

V



-

-

-

oFF

-

×

oFF

-

×

E-03

Forward direction changeoFF (Forward rotation)on (Reverse rotation)

E-04

Simulation modeoFF (Without simulation operation)on (With simulation operation)

E-05[No function]

-

-

-

E-06

Restart prohibition time

100 to 999

100

msec



E-07

Current control proportion gain

10.0 to 200.0

100.0

%



E-08

Current control integral gain

10.0 to 500.0

100.0

%



E-09

[No function]

-

-

-

-

E-10

[For special adjustment]oFF (Not compensated)on (Compensated)

oFF

-

×

E-11

Forward direction output maximum
voltage80.0 to 120.0

105.0

%

×

E-12

Reverse direction output maximum
voltage-120 to -80.0-105.0%×

E-13

Limit width of the voltage
corresponding to the speed

5 to 120

30

V

×

E-14

[For special adjustment]

10.0 to 200.0

100.0

%

×

E-15

Armature current detection DCCT
selection

0: Auto1: P-side DCCT
2: N-side DCCT

0

-

×

E-16

Output voltage upon rated speed

V



E-17
E-18

-

* Rated motor armature voltage (A-03) is 100%

* Rated motor armature voltage (A-03) is 100%

(200 V class) 70 to 230

220(400V class) 140 to 460

440[No function]

-

-

-

-

[No function]

-

-

-

-

35

6.7. Area F (Built-in DB (Dynamic Braking) Operation, Protection Function, Traceback
Setting Area)
Symbols of Driving ReWrite
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

F-00

Built-in DB (Dynamic Braking)operation level

F-01

Forward overspeed protection setting

F-02

Reverse overspeed protection setting

: ReWrite is possible,

Setting range (selecting item)

×: ReWrite is not possible

Factoryinitialized
data

Unit

Driving
ReWrite

V



105.0

%

×

-105.0

%

×

100

%



(200 V class) 320.0 to 360.0

340.0(400 V class) 640.0 to 720.0

680.0

0.0 to 150.0* The maximum speed (A-00) is 100%
-150.0 to 0.0* The maximum speed (A-00) is 100%
20 to 110
* The rated motor armature current (A-04) or
VF66B (DC motor drive) output allowablecurrent*1 whichever is smaller is 100%F-03

Overload protection setting

F-04

Cumulative operation timer (1)(Main circuit capacitor life)

0 to 65535

43800

Hr

×

F-05

Cumulative operation timer (2)(Cooling fan life)

0 to 65535

21900

Hr

×

F-06

Motor overheat protection operation
selectionoFF (Without protection operation)on (With protection operation)

oFF

-

×

F-07

Protection relay (86A) operation
selection upon power failureoFF (Without protection operation)on (With protection operation)

oFF

-

×

F-08

Protection retry count setting

0 to 5

0

times



F-09

External failure(1) detection delay time

0.0 to 30.0

0.0

sec



F-10

External failure(2) detection delay time

0.0 to 30.0

0.0

sec



F-11

External failure(3) detection delay time

0.0 to 30.0

0.0

sec



F-12

External failure(4) detection delay time

0.0 to 30.0

0.0

sec



F-13

Traceback pitch

0 to 100

1

msec



F-14

Traceback trigger point

1 to 99

80

-



F-15

Traceback CH1 selection

0 to 12

0

-



F-16

Traceback CH2 selection

0 to 12

0

-



F-17

Traceback CH3 selection

0 to 12

0

-



F-18

Traceback CH4 selection

0 to 12

0

-



F-19

Traceback CH5 selection

0 to 12

0

-



F-20

Traceback CH6 selection

0 to 12

0

-



F-21

Traceback CH7 selection

0 to 12

0

-



F-22

Traceback CH8 selection

0 to 12

0

-



F-23

Traceback CH9 selection

0 to 12

0

-



F-24

Traceback CH10 selection

0 to 12

0

-



F-25

Traceback CH11 selection

0 to 12

0

-



F-26

Traceback CH12 selection

0 to 12

0

-



F-27

[No function]

-

-

-

-

F-28

[No function]

-

-

-

-

F-29

[No function]

-

-

-

-

F-30

Speed control error function usage
selectionoFF (Without protection operation)on (With protection operation)

oFF

-

×

36

Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

F-31

Speed control error detection speed
width (positive)

F-32

Speed control error detection speed
width (negative)

Setting range (selecting item)

Factoryinitialized
data

Unit

Driving
ReWrite

5.0

%



-5.0

%



2.0 to 30.0
* The maximum speed (A-00) is 100%-30.0 to -2.0%* The maximum speed (A-00) is 100%

*1: For information on the factory-initialized data of the cumulative operation timer (1) (F-04) and cumulative operation
timer (2) (F-05), refer to "7.7. Area F" in Chapter 7.

6.8. Area G (Analog Input/Output Setting Area)
Symbols of Driving ReWrite
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

G-00

Temperature detection selection

G-01

Temperature detection offset
adjustment

G-02

Temperature detection gain adjustment

G-03

Analog input (2) characteristics
selection

G-04

Analog input (2) upper limit speed

: ReWrite is possible,

Setting range (selecting item)
0: None
1: Thermistor (TVTH66-Z option)
2: pt100 [thermocouple] (TVPT66-Z option)-20.0 to 20.0
50.0 to 150.0
0: 0 to ±10 V (bipolarity)
1: 0 to 10 V (unipolarity)
2: 4 to 20 mA
Absolute value of analog input (2) lower limit
speed (G-05)
to 100.0

×: ReWrite is not possible

Factoryinitialized
data

Unit

Driving
ReWrite

0

-

×

0.0

°C



100.0

-



1

-

×

100.0

%



0.0

%



1

-

×

100.0

%



0.0

%



* The maximum speed (A-00) is 100%G-05

Analog input (2) lower limit speed- analog input (2) upper limit speed (G-04) toanalog input (2) upper limit speed (G-04)* The maximum speed (A-00) is 100%

G-06

G-07

Analog input (3) characteristics
selection

Analog input (3) upper limit speed

0: 0 to ±10 V (bipolarity)
1: 0 to 10 V (unipolarity)
2: [No function]
3: Pulse train (0 to 150 kHz)
Absolute value of analog input (3) lower limit
speed (G-08)
to 100.0* The maximum speed (A-00) is 100%G-08

Analog input (3) lower limit speed- analog input (3) upper limit speed (G-07) toanalog input (3) upper limit speed (G-07)* The maximum speed (A-00) is 100%37

Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)

Factoryinitialized
data

Unit

Driving
ReWriteAnalog output (2) characteristics
selection

0: Output voltage
1: Output current
2: Armature current command
3: Speed
4: Speed command
5: Internal PLC function
6: Calibration
7: Internal monitor
8: [For special adjustment]

1

-

×

G-10

Analog output (3) characteristics
selection

0: Output voltage
1: Output current
2: Armature current command
3: Speed
4: Speed command
5: Internal PLC function
6: Calibration
7: Internal monitor
8: [For special adjustment]
9: Output voltage (4 to 20 mA)
10: Output current (4 to 20 mA)
11: Armature current command (4 to 20 mA)
12: Speed (4 to 20 mA)
13: Speed command (4 to 20 mA)
14: Internal PLC function (4 to 20 mA)
15: Calibration (4 to 20 mA)

0

-

×

G-11

Analog input (4) characteristics
selection

0: 0 to ±10 V (bipolarity)
1: 0 to 10 V (unipolarity)
2: 4 to 20 mA

1

-

×

G-12

Analog input (5) characteristics
selection

0: 0 to ±10 V (bipolarity)
1: 0 to 10 V (unipolarity)
2: [No function]
3: Pulse train (0 to 150 kHz)

1

-

×

Analog output (4) characteristics
selection

0: Output voltage
1: Output current
2: Armature current command
3: Speed
4: Speed command
5: Internal PLC function
6: Calibration
7: Internal monitor
8: [For special adjustment]

2

-

×

G-14

Analog output (5) characteristics
selection

0: Output voltage
1: Output current
2: Armature current command
3: Speed
4: Speed command
5: Internal PLC function
6: Calibration
7: Internal monitor
8: [For special adjustment]
9: Output voltage (4 to 20 mA)
10: Output current (4 to 20 mA)
11: Armature current command (4 to 20 mA)
12: Speed (4 to 20 mA)
13: Speed command (4 to 20 mA)
14: Internal PLC function (4 to 20 mA)
15: Calibration (4 to 20 mA)

3

-

×

G-15

Line speed monitor adjustment

0.0 to 2000.0

0.0

-



Analog input monitor display selection

1: Analog input (1) [VFC66-Z TB1] (AIN1)
2: Analog input (2) [optional board] (AIN2)
3: Analog input (3) [optional board] (AIN3)
4: Analog input (4) [optional board] (AIN4)
5: Analog input (5) [optional board] (AIN5)

1

-



G-09

G-13

G-16

38

Consolepanel
monitordisplay
G-17

Contents
Motor protection temperature*1

Setting range (selecting item)

Factoryinitializeddata

150 to 180

150

Unit

Driving
ReWrite°C*1: This is available only when thermistor (TVTH66-Z option) is selected for the temperature detection selection (G-00 =1).

6.9. Area H (Multifunction Output Setting Area)
Symbols of Driving ReWrite
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

: ReWrite is possible,

Setting range (selecting item)
0: [No function]
1: Speed detection (1) (speed is equal to thedetection setting)
2: Speed detection (1) (speed is more thanor equal to the detection setting)
3: Speed detection (1) (speed is less than orequal to the detection setting)
4: Speed detection (2) (speed is equal to thedetection setting)
5: Speed detection (2) (speed is more thanor equal to the detection setting)
6: Speed detection (2) (speed is less than orequal to the detection setting)
7: Specified value reached
8: Armature current detection (polarized)
9: Armature current detection (absolutevalue)
10: During power failure
11: Overload pre-alarm
12: During retrying
13: During reversing
14: Protection code
15: [No function]
16: In operation
17: [No function]
18: Timer 1 elapsed
19: Timer 2 elapsed
20: Second setting block selected
21: Cooling fan failure
22: External DB (dynamic braking) unit failure

×: ReWrite is not possible

Factoryinitialized
data

Unit

Driving
ReWrite

7

-

×

1

-

-

0

-

-

8

-

-

2

-

-

3

-

-

H-00

Multifunction output terminal (1)function selection

H-01

Multifunction output terminal (2)function selection

H-02

Multifunction output terminal (3)function selection

H-03

Multifunction output terminal (4)function selection

H-04

Multifunction output terminal (5)function selection

H-05

Multifunction output terminal (6)function selection

H-06

Speed detection (1)- Maximum speed (A-00) to maximum speed(A-00)

0

r/min



H-07

Speed detection (2)- Maximum speed (A-00) to maximum speed(A-00)

0

r/min



H-08

Speed detection width

0 to 600

0

r/min



0

%



0

%



50

%



-205 to 205
H-09

Armature current detection (withpolarity)

H-10

Armature current detection (absolutevalue)* VF66B (DC motor drive) rated current is
100%
0 to 205* VF66B (DC motor drive) rated current is
100%
0 to 100

H-11

Overload protection pre-alarm
operation level setting* Comparing values of rated motor armature
current (A-04) and VF66B (DC motor drive)
allowable current*1, smaller one is 100%

39

Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)

Factoryinitialized
data

Unit

Driving
ReWrite%50.0 to 100.0
H-12

Maximum speed/voltage reduction rate

* Analog input (1) to (3) upper limit
speed/voltage (b-18), (G-04), (G-07) are
100%

90.0

*1: For VF66B (DC motor drive) output allowable current, refer to "7.7. Area F" in Chapter 7.

6.10. Area i (Speed Control/Amature Current Control /Amature Voltage Control Switch
Setting Area)
Symbols of Driving ReWrite
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

: ReWrite is possible,

Setting range (selecting item)

PLCL function usage selectionoFF (Unused)on (Used)i-01

PLCH function usage selection

0: Unused
1: High speed operation PLCH is ON
2: High speed operation PLCH is ON (speedcommand input is high speed operation
PLCH output)

i-02

Droop control usage selectionoFF (Unused)on (Used)i-03

Droop start speed

i-04

Droop rate changeover speed

i-00

×: ReWrite is not possible

Factoryinitialized
data

Unit

Driving
ReWrite

oFF

-

×

0

-

×

oFF

-

×

0.0

%



0.0

%



0.0

%



0.0

%



0

-

×

0.0 to 100.0* Maximum speed (A-00) is 100%
0.0 to 100.0* Maximum speed (A-00) is 100%
0.0 to 50.0
i-05

Droop rate

* Speed command (0.Sref) is 100% whenarmature current command is 100%
0.0 to 90.0

i-06

i-07

40

Droop start armature current

Operation mode selection* VF66B (DC motor drive) rated current is
100%
0: Speed control (ASR) mode
1: Negative direction priority for speed control(ASR) and armature current control (ACR)
2: Forward direction priority for speed control(ASR) and armature current control (ACR)
3: Armature current control (ACR) mode
4: Contact switch for speed control(ASR)/armature current control (ACR)
5: Armature voltage control (AVR)
6: Negative direction priority for armature
voltage control (AVR) and armature
current control (ACR)
7: Forward direction priority for armature
voltage control (AVR) and armature
current control (ACR)Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)

0:1:
Armature current command input place 2:
3:selection

Analog input (1) [VFC66-Z TB1] (AIN1)
Analog input (2) [optional board] (AIN2)
Communication option
Internal PLC function (high speed
operation PLCH)
4: Console panel [SET66-Z]

i-08

Factoryinitialized
data

Unit

Driving
ReWrite

1

-

×

150.0

%

×



50.0 to 200.0
i-09

Analog input
Armature current command gain

i-10

Speed control proportion gain (2)1 to 100

15

-

i-11

Speed control integral constant(2)20 to 10000

40

msec



i-12

System inertia moment (2)0 to 65535

10

gm2



i-13

JOG proportion gain selection

0: Speed control proportion gain (1) (7.ASrP)to system inertia moment (1) (9.ASrJ)
1: Speed control proportion gain (2) (i-10)
to system inertia moment (2) (i-12)
2: [For special adjustment]*1

0

-



i-14

ASR cancellation usage selectionoFF (Unused)on (Used)

on

-



i-15

ASR feed-forward usage selectionoFF (Unused)on (Used)

on

-



i-16

Variable structure proportion gain start
speed

0.01 to 100.00

5.00

%



i-17

Variable structure proportion gain
minimum gain percentage

0 to 500

100

%



i-18

[No function]

-

-

-

i-19

Machanical loss compensation usage
selectionoFF (Unused)on (Used)

oFF

-

×

i-20

Machanical loss offset amount

0 to 100

0

%



i-21

Gradient of mechanical loss

0 to 100

0

%



-

-

-

-

i-22
to i-32* VF66B (DC motor drive) rated current is
100%-[For special adjustment]*1

i-33

Armature voltage command(for armature voltage control)- Rated motor armature voltage (A-03) toRated motor armature voltage (A-03)

0

V



i-34

Forward JOG armature voltage
command(for armature voltage control)

0 to 300

10

V



i-35

Reverse JOG armature voltage
command(for armature voltage control)-300 to 0

-10

V



0

%



15.0

sec



-

-

-

i-36

- Twice the VF66B (DC motor drive) rated
current
to twice the VF66B (DC motor drive) rated
Armature current command (for current current
control)* VF66B (DC motor drive) rated current is
100%

i-37

Armature current command
acceleration time(for current control)i-38[For special adjustment]*1

0.0 to 60.0-

*1: Provided for special adjustment. Usually do not set this item.
*2: Provided for special adjustment. Do not change the parameter data from default setting (leave it as factory default).

41

6.11. Area J (Communication Setting Area)
Symbols of Driving ReWrite
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

: ReWrite is possible,

Setting range (selecting item)

×: ReWrite is not possible

Factoryinitialized
data

Unit

Driving
ReWriteDigital communication option selection

0:OFF
1: OPCN66-Z
2: [For special adjustment]*2
3: [For special adjustment]*2
4: [For special adjustment]*2
5: IO66-Z
6: [For special adjustment]*2
7: CC66-Z

0-×CC66-Z baud rate

0: 156 kbps
1: 625 kbps
2: 2.5 Mbps
3: 5 Mbps
4: 10 Mbps
5: 10 Mbps

4

-



J-02

OPCN66-Z baud rate

0: 125 kbps
1: 250 kbps
2: 500 kbps
3: 1 Mbps
4: [For special adjustment]*2

3

-

×

J-03

[For special adjustment]*1

J-04

OPCN66-Z input

J-05

OPCN66-Z output

J-00

J-01

J-06

[For special adjustment]

-

-

-

3 to 19

-

14

-

×

2 to 12

6

-

×

-

-

-

0

-

×

*1

125kbps 250kbps 500 kbps/1 Mbps

OPCN66-Z transmission wait time
selection

0:
1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
6:

J-07

CC66-Z
CC-Link version/number of occupied
stations selection

0:
1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
6:

200 μs200 μs200 μs200 μs200 μs200 μs200 μs200 μs200 μs200 μs200 μs150 μs100 μs50 μs200 μs200 μs200 μs200 μs150 μs100 μs100 μsVersionNumber ofoccupied stations

1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
2.0 (double)
2.0 (4 times)
2.0 (8 times)

One
Two
Three
Four
One
One
One

J-08

[For special adjustment]*1

-

-

-

-

J-09

[For special adjustment]

*1

-

-

-

-

J-10

[For special adjustment]*1

-

-

-

-

J-11

*1

[For special adjustment]

-

-

-

-

J-12

[For special adjustment]*1

-

-

-

-

0

-

×

0

-

×

J-13

High speed response input selection

0: Communication option
1: Analog input (2) [optional board] (AIN2)

J-14

Date/Time data selection from
communication

0: Without date/time data
1: With date/time data42

Consolepanel
monitordisplay
J-15

Contents
Number of dynamic braking (DB)optional units [VFDB2009] connected

Setting range (selecting item)

Factoryinitializeddata-6 to -13
0 to 60

Unit

Driving
ReWrite-×*1: For expanded options. Usually do not set this item.
*2: Provided for special adjustment. Usually do not set this item.
*3: For the number of external DB (dynamic braking) units (with communication) [VFDB2009] connected (J-15), theabsolute value represents the number of units connected. Setting a negative value enables VF66B (DC motor drive) tobe stopped when the communication with the external DB (dynamic braking) unit is disabled or the external DB(dynamic braking) unit is in protective operation.

6.12. Area L (Setting Area for Analog Input and Output Gain)
Symbols of Driving ReWrite
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

: ReWrite is possible,

Setting range (selecting item)

×: ReWrite is not possible

Factoryinitialized
data

Unit

Driving
ReWriteL-00

Vdc detection gain

80.0 to 120.0

100.0

%

×

L-01

Analog input (1) gain

50.00 to 150.00

Adjusted

%



L-02

Analog input (1) offset-50.00 to 50.00

Adjusted

%



L-03

Analog output (1) gain

50.0 to 150.0

Adjusted

%



L-04

Analog output (1) offset-50.0 to 50.0

Adjusted

%



L-05

Analog input (2) gain

50.00 to 150.00

100.00

%



L-06

Analog input (2) offset-50.00 to 50.00

0.00

%



L-07

Analog input (3) gain

50.00 to 150.00

100.00

%



L-08

Analog input (3) offset-50.00 to 50.00

0.00

%



L-09

Analog output (2) gain

50.0 to 150.0

100.0

%



L-10

Analog output (2) offset-50.0 to 50.0

0.0

%



L-11

Analog output (3) gain

50.0 to 150.0

100.0

%



L-12

Analog output (3) offset-50.0 to 50.0

0.0

%



L-13

Analog input (4) gain

50.00 to 150.00

100.00

%



L-14

Analog input (4) offset-50.00 to 50.00

0.00

%



L-15

Analog input (5) gain

50.00 to 150.00

100.00

%



L-16

Analog input (5) offset-50.00 to 50.00

0.00

%



L-17

Analog output (4) gain

50.0 to 150.0

100.0

%



L-18

Analog output (4) offset-50.0 to 50.0

0.0

%



L-19

Analog output (5) gain

50.0 to 150.0

100.0

%



L-20

Analog output (5) offset-50.0 to 50.0

0.0

%



L-21

VF66B (DC motor drive) operation SnPL (simple mode)
mode monitor*1
FuLL (full mode)

SnPL

%

×

L-22

Current detection gain adjustment

100.0

%

×

95.0 to 105.0*1: VF66B (DC motor drive) operation mode monitor (L-21) only allows to view.

436.13. Area n (VF66B (DC motor drive) Model Area)
Symbols of Driving ReWrite
Consolepanel
monitordisplay
n-00
n-01

*

Contents

: ReWrite is possible,

Setting range (selecting item)

VF66B (DC motor drive) moded: VF66B (DC motor drive) mode

VF66B (DC motor drive) models

2r222 through 9022
2r244 through 31544

×: ReWrite is not possible

Factoryinitialized
data
d

Unit

Driving
ReWrite

-

×

-

×

Area n only allows contents of setting items to be viewed.
Rewriting each item can be executed by initializing area S. For details of area S, refer to "6.16. Area S" in Chapter 6
and "7.16. Area S" in Chapter 7.

6.14. Area o (Special Adjustment Area)
Symbols of Driving ReWrite
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

: ReWrite is possible,

Setting range (selecting item)

×: ReWrite is not possible

Factoryinitialized
data

Unit

Driving
ReWriteo-00

Special adjusted analog output
address H [for special adjustment]*1

0 to 65535

-

-



o-01

Special adjusted analog output
address L [for special adjustment]*1

0 to 65535

-

-



o-02

Special adjusted SET66-Z output
address H [for special adjustment]*1

0 to 65535

-

-



o-03

Special adjusted SET66-Z output
address L [for special adjustment]*1

0 to 65535

-

-



-

-

-

o-04
[For special adjustment]*1
to o-53*1: Area o is provided for special adjustment and special usage. It cannot be changed. In addition, it is not
displayed on the console panel monitor. Do not change the parameter data from default setting (leave it asfactory default). (Usually an error occurs when write is performed.)

6.15. Area P (Internal PLC Function Parameter)
Symbols of Driving ReWrite
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

P0000
P register setting
to PFFFF

44

: ReWrite is possible,

Setting range (selecting item)
For details, refer to the PLC function
description in separate "VF66 series PCTool
Manual."×: ReWrite is not possible

Factoryinitialized
data
-

Unit

Driving
ReWrite--6.16. Area S (Setting Area for Mode Selection and Analog Input/Output Adjustment)
Symbols of Driving ReWrite
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

: ReWrite is possible,

Setting range (selecting item)

×: ReWrite is not possible

Factoryinitialized
data

Unit

Driving
ReWrite

S-00

Special mode selection

1:
VF66B (DC motor drive) initialization2:[For special adjustment]*1
3:
Clear protections
4:[For special adjustment]*1
10 to 15: [No function]
99: VF66B (DC motor drive) initialization [forspecial adjustment]*1
101: Data transfer to SET66EX-Z*2
102: Data copy from SET66EX-Z (without
area A) *2
103: Data copy from SET66EX-Z (with areaA) *2
104: Data comparison with SET66EX-Z*2

S-01

Cumulative_operation_timer(1)_clear

1: Clear the Cumulative_operation_timer(1)

-

-



S-02

Cumulative_operation_timer(2)_clear

1: Clear the Cumulative_operation_timer(2)

-

-



S-03

Vdc adjustment

Vdc value (V): Vdc detection gain adjustment

-

-

×

S-04

ROM rewrite switch

ROM rewrite is enabled by entering 1040 after
power-on.

-

-

×

S-05

[No function]

-

-



-

-

-

-

-

-

×

S-06

Analog input (1) adjustment

1: Analog input (1) offset adjustment
Enter a value 1000 times the analog input(1) voltage (V):
Analog input (1) gain adjustment

S-07

Analog output (1) adjustment

1: Analog output (1) offset adjustment
2: Analog output (1) gain adjustment

-

-

×

S-08

Analog input (2) adjustment

1: Analog input (2) offset adjustment
Enter a value 1000 times the analog input(2) voltage (V):
Analog input (2) gain adjustment

-

-

×

S-09

Analog output (2) adjustment

1: Analog output (2) offset adjustment
2: Analog output (2) gain adjustment

-

-

×

S-10

Analog input (3) adjustment

1: Analog input (3) offset adjustment
Enter a value 1000 times the analog input(3) voltage (V):
Analog input (3) gain adjustment

-

-

×

S-11

Analog output (3) adjustment

1: Analog output (3) offset adjustment
2: Analog output (3) gain adjustment

-

-

×

S-12

Analog input (4) adjustment

1: Analog input (4) offset adjustment
Enter a value 1000 times the analog input(4) voltage (V):
Analog input (4) gain adjustment

-

-

×

S-13

Analog output (4) adjustment

1: Analog output (4) offset adjustment
2: Analog output (4) gain adjustment

-

-

×

S-14

Analog input (5) adjustment

1: Analog input (5) offset adjustment
Enter a value 1000 times the analog input(5) voltage (V):
Analog input (5) gain adjustment

-

-

×

S-15

Analog output (5) adjustment

1: Analog output (5) offset adjustment
2: Analog output (5) gain adjustment

-

-

×

S-16

[For special adjustment]*1

-

-



* For area S setting, enter 1040 first, then within 60 seconds a selection item must be entered.
*1: Provided for special adjustment. Usually do not set this item.
*2: SET66EX-Z is an external consoled panel which is optional.

45

Chapter 7 Descriptions of Parameters
This chapter describes parameters of VF66B (DC motor drive). Each section of this chapter describes
parameters of each area.

7.1. Basic Setting Area
In the basic setting area, the common-used basic setting items to operate VF66B (DC motor drive) are shown
below.
In this area, you can set operating speed and adjust normal acceleration or deceleration time from theconsole.
Settings of operation speed
Consolepanel
monitordisplay
0.SrEF

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution- maximum speed (A-00)
to maximum speed (A-00)

1

Contents

Speed command

Initialized
data

Unit

0

r/min

1.FJoG

Forward JOG speed

Minimum speed (A-01) to 300

1

24

r/min

2.rJoG

Reverse JOG speed-300 to -minimum speed (A-01)

1

-24

r/min

Speed command (0.SrEF):
Set this parameter when the operation speed is set using the console panel. This parameter is enabled when
the console panel is selected for the command input when coupled (b-09) and the interlock is selected for the
speed/armature voltage command input selection (b-10), and when the console panel is selected as the
speed commanding place in the speed/armature voltage command input selection (b-10). Refer to "6.4. Areab" in Chapter 6 and "7.4. Area b" in Chapter 7.
Forward/Reverse JOG speed (1.FJoG/2.rJoG):
Set the forward or reverse jog speed.
Settings of acceleration/deceleration time
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution

Initialized
data

Unit

3.Acc1

Acceleration time (1)0.0 to 3600.0

0.1

30.0

sec

4.dEc1

Deceleration time (1)0.0 to 3600.0

0.1

30.0

sec

5.Acc2

Acceleration time (2)0.0 to 3600.0

0.1

0.3

sec

6.dEc2

Deceleration time (2)0.0 to 3600.0

0.1

0.3

sec

Acceleration time (1) (3.Acc1) to deceleration time (2) (6.dEc2):
Set the acceleration time from 0 to the Maximum speed ＜A-00＞ and the deceleration time from the
Maximum speed ＜A-00＞ to 0. VF66B (DC motor drive) has four types of acceleration/deceleration time,and you can switch to one of them using the acceleration/deceleration time selection (d-00) and JOG
acceleration/deceleration time selection (d-01). (At the initial settings, acceleration/deceleration times (1)(3.Acc1 and 4.dEc1) are for the normal operation and acceleration/deceleration times (2) (5.Acc2 and 6.dEc2)
are for the JOG operation. For more information about acceleration/deceleration time settings, refer to "6.5.
Area d" in Chapter 6 and "7.5. Area d" in Chapter 7 together with this section.)46

Settings of speed control gain
Consolepanel
monitordisplay
7.ASrP

Contents

Speed control proportion gain (1)Setting
resolution

Setting range (selecting item)

1 to 50

Initialized
data

Unit

1

15

-

8.ASriSpeed control integral time constant (1) 2 to 10000

1

40

msec

9.ASrJ

System inertia moment (1)

1

10

gm2

0 to 65535

In the VF66B (DC motor drive), you can control speed with the MFC control which combines the feed forwardwith the cancellation using the disturbance torque observer.
Speed control proportion gain(1) (7.ASrP)
Set the speed control proportion gain.
Speed control integral time constant(1)(8.ASri)
Set the speed control integral gain equivalent
with a filter time constant.
System inertia moment(1) (9.ASrJ)
Set the inertia moment used for speed control
cancellation and feed forward in gm2.
Typically, input 20 to 100% of a value whereinertia moment of the motor itself is added to aload inertia moment value converted to themotor shaft.
In case of the gear rattle caused by large gear
backlash or the belt vibration connected motor
and load, take the following measures:・Set a smaller value.
・Change the settings of the ASR cancelation
usage selection (i-14) and the ASR
feed-forward usage selection (i-15). Not use
the cancellation and feed forward.

ASR feed-forward
usage selection(i-15)

Js ／ (1+Tis)
Speedcommand

+

-

Kp

+

+

Torque command

Moment of inertia
of system
9.ASrJ+

Speed control
integral time
constant

Speed control
proportion gain (1)7.ASrP

8.ASri

FilterG(s)-+ASR cancellation usage

Motor speed

selection (i-14)

Speed control block* For information on settings of the ASRcancellation usage selection (i-14) and ASR
feed-forward usage selection (i-15), refer to"6.10. Area i" in Chapter 6 and "7.10. Area i"
in Chapter 7.

7.2. Area A (Maximum Speed, Rated Motor, Parameters Setting Area)
In the area A, set the motor parameters required for control by VF66B (DC motor drive).
Before operating VF66B (DC motor drive), be sure to set each parameter for your motor and system.
Settings of maximum/minimum speeds of motor
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution

Initialized
data

Unit

A-00

Maximum speed

300 to 30000

1

1800

r/min

A-01

Minimum speed

0 to maximum speed (A-00)

1

0

r/min

47

Maximum speed (A-00):
Set the maximum speed (absolute value) at which the motor operates. VF66B (DC motor drive) controls
speed, considering this value as 100 % (standard).
When using the speed less than or equal to the rated motor speed, set a value of the rated motor speed.
Minimum speed (A-01):
Set the minimum speed (absolute value) at which the motor operates. For speed control, even when you input
a speed command below this speed as an absolute value, it will be limited to this setting value.
(However, When the motor operates in the current control mode with the Operation_mode_selection (i-07),
the setting of (A-01) is not available.)
Settings of nameplate values of motor
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

A-02

Rated motor capacity

A-03

Rated motor armature voltage

Setting
resolution

Initialized
data

Unit

Depends on the model*1

Varies withthe model of
VF66B(DC motor
drive)

VF66B(DC motor
drive)
rated
capacitykW(200 V class) 70 to 230

1220(400V class) 140 to 460

1440

Setting range (selecting item)V
VF66B(DC motor
drive)
Rated
current

A-04

Rated motor armature current

Varies withthe model of
20 to 150% of the rated current of VF66B
VF66B(DC motor drive)(DC motor
drive)

A-05

Rated motor speed

20 to 100% of the maximum speed (A-00)

1

1150

A-06

[No function]*2

-

-

-

-

A-07

Rated motor field current

0.1

0.0

A

0.0 to 30.0

*1: For minimum values of the setting range of the rated motor capacity (A-02), refer to the following table.
*2: There is no function to be set.

48

A

r/min

Table: Minimum values of setting range of A-02
VF66B
(DC motor drive)model

Minimum value ofsetting range of A-02

VF66B
(DC motor drive)model

Minimum value ofsetting range of A-02

2R222

0.75

2R244

0.75

3R722

1.10

3R744

1.10

5R522

1.50

5R544

1.50

7R522

2.20

7R544

2.20

1122

3.70

1144

3.70

1522

5.50

1544

5.50

2222

7.50

2244

7.50

3022

11.00

3044

11.00

3722

15.00

3744

15.00

4522

22.0

4544

22.0

5522

30.0

5544

30.0

7522

37.0

7544

37.0

9022

45.0

11044

45.0

15022

55.0

16044

55.0

18022

75.0

20044

75.0

25044

110.0

31544

160.0

40044

200.0

50044

250.0

60044

315.0

75044

400.0

100044500.0

Rated motor capacity (A-02) to rated motor field current (A-07):
In each parameter from the rated motor capacity (A-02) to rated
motor field current (A-07), set each rating shown on the nameplateor data sheet of the motor. Be sure to set them because they areused during an operation. Set values shown on the motor's
nameplate as shown in the figure or motor's data sheet.
When the motor has two ratings for the rated voltage and rated
current, set values whichever are larger within the speed range to be
used to the rated motor armature voltage (A-03) and rated motor
armature current (A-04), respectively.
When you use the motor to the extent of the constant output (power
constant) area, set the base speed to the rated speed (A-05).

Set the values shown on the
nameplate of the motor to be used.

Nameplate

Motor's nameplate

Setting of number of PG-pulse
Consolepanel
monitordisplay
A-08

Contents
Number of PG-pulse

Setting range (selecting item)
60 to 32767

Setting
resolution
1

Initialized
data

Unit

600

P/R

49

Number of PG-pulse (A-08):
In this parameter, set the pulse count of PG installed to the motor.
Setting of PWM carrier frequency
Consolepanel
monitordisplay
A-09

Contents

PWM carrier frequency

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution

2.0

Initialized
data

Unit

2.0

kHz

Initialized
data

Unit

0.1

PWM carrier frequency (A-09):
This indicates the modulating carrier frequency of VF66B (DC motor drive) voltage output PWM.
Use 2.0 kHz for VF66B (DC motor drive).
Motor-mount encoder input method selection
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

A-10

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution

1: AB phase input
2: Tachogenerator input (analog input(1))[VFC66-Z TB1](AIN1)
3: Tachogenerator input (analog input(2))[Optional board] (AIN2)
4: Tachogenerator input (analog input(3))[Optional board] (AIN3)

PG selection

-

1

-

PG selection (A-10):
This parameter is set to AB phase input (A-10 = 1) at initial setting. Change the setting in accordance with PG
mounted on the motor. Incidentally, when using a tachogenerator, set the rated speed of tachogenerator(A-20) and voltage input to VF66B (DC motor drive) upon rated speed of tachogenerator (A-21).
Consolepanel
monitordisplay
A-13
A-14

to

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution-[For special adjustment]*1-

Initialize
d data-Unit-*1: This item is for special adjustment. Leave the parameter data at the factory-initialized data.

Dead time compensation of IGBT chip in VF66B (DC motor drive)
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution

A-11

Dead time compensation(P Positive side)

0.00 to 9.99

0.01

A-12

Dead time compensation(P Negative side)

0.00 to 9.99

0.01

A-15

Dead time compensation(N Positive side)

0.00 to 9.99

0.01

A-16

Dead time compensation(N Negative side)

0.00 to 9.99

0.01

Initialized
data

Varieswith themodel of
VF66B
(DC
motor
drive)*1

Unit

μsec
μsec
μsec
μsec

*1: For information on initialized data of parameters from the dead time compensation (P Positive side) (A-11) to deadtime compensation (N Negative side) (A-16), refer to the following table.

50

Table: Initialized data of parameters from A-11 to 16
VF66B(DC motor drive)model

Initialized data ofparameters from
A-11 to 16

VF66B(DC motor drive)model

Initialized data ofparameters from
A-11 to 16

2R222

4.00

2R244

4.00

3R722

4.00

3R744

4.00

5R522

4.00

5R544

4.00

7R522

4.00

7R544

4.00

1122

2.80

1144

2.80

1522

2.80

1544

2.80

2222

2.80

2244

2.80

3022

2.80

3044

2.80

3722

2.80

3744

2.80

4522

2.80

4544

2.80

5522

2.80

5544

2.80

7522

2.80

7544

2.80

9022

2.80

11044

2.80

15022

2.80

16044

2.80

18022

2.80

20044

2.80

25044

2.80

31544

2.80

40044

2.80

50044

2.80

60044

2.80

75044

2.80

1000442.80

Dead time compensation (P Positive side) (A-11) to dead time compensation (N Negative side) (A-16):
In parameters from the dead time compensation (P Positive side) (A-11) to dead time compensation (NNegative side) (A-16), set dead time compensation of IGBT chips of phases in VF66B (DC motor drive) to
calculate output voltages to be used for control calculations accurately.

51

Motor electric constants
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

A-17

Motor armature resistanceA-18[No function]*3

A-19

Setting
resolution

Initialized
data

Unit

(The setting range and resolution vary withthe model of VF66B (DC motor drive)*1)-

Varies withthe model of
VF66B(DC motor
drive)*2

mΩ

-

-

-

-

-

Varies withthe model of
VF66B(DC motor
drive)*2

mH

Setting range (selecting item)(The setting range and resolution vary withthe model of VF66B (DC motor drive)*1)

Motor armature inductance*1: For information on setting range of the motor armature resistance (A-17) and motor armature inductance (A-19), referto the following table.
*2: Initialized data of the motor armature resistance (A-17) and motor armature inductance (A-19) vary with the model of
VF66B (DC motor drive).
*3: There is no function to be set.

Table: Setting range of A-17 and A-19
Model of VF66B(DC motor drive)

A-17
Setting range
[mΩ]

A-19
Setting range[mH]

Model of VF66B(DC motor drive)

2R222

1 to 65535

0.1 to 3276.7

2R244

3R722

3R744

5R522

5R544

7R522

0.1 to 6553.5

1122

0.1 to 3276.7

1144
1544

2222

2244

3022

3044

3722

3744

0.1 to 6553.5

0.01 to 327.67

4544

0.01 to 655.35

5522

5544
0.001 to 32.767

7522

7544

9022

11044

15022

16044

18022

1 to 65535

A-19
Setting range
[mH]

7R544
0.01 to 327.67

1522

4522

A-17
Setting range[mΩ]

0.001 to 65.535

0.01 to 655.35

20044
25044
31544
0.001 to 32.767

40044
50044
60044
75044
10004452

0.001 to 65.535

Table: Initialized data of A-17 and A-19
Model of VF66B(DC motor drive)

A-17
initialized data
[mΩ]

A-19
initialized data[mH]

Model of VF66B(DC motor drive)

A-17
initialized data
[mΩ]

A-19
initialized data
[mH]

2R222

2790

60.0

2R244

10712

59.8

3R722

941.0

18.00

3R744

5666

37.4

5R522

608.0

12.00

5R544

3486

35.3

7R522

377.0

6.20

7R544

1800.0

33.2

1122

387.0

6.20

1144

1250.0

22.80

1522

357.0

6.20

1544

821.0

5.31

2222

257.00

1.99

2244

805.0

5.31

3022

162.00

1.700

3044

557.0

4.70

3722

123.00

1.670

3744

432.0

4.20

4522

73.90

1.000

4544

230.00

3.50

5522

73.70

1.000

5544

223.00

3.50

7522

47.00

0.680

7544

179.00

2.89

9022

28.90

0.500

11044

105.001.870

12.000

0.120

16044

65.70

1.370

10.000

0.100

20044

34.90

0.987

25044

34.40

0.987

31544

21.20

0.470

40044

16.800

0.751

50044

12.400

0.602

60044

11.120

0.382

75044

8.460

0.312

100044

5.947

0.241

15022
18022

Motor armature resistance (A-17):
In the motor armature resistance (A-17), set (motor armature resistance) + (wiring resistance between VF66B(DC motor drive) and motor).
Motor armature inductance (A-19):
In the motor armature inductance (A-19), set the inductance.
Tachogenerator settings
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution

Initialized
data

Unit

A-20

Rated speed of tachogenerator

100 to 5000

1

2000

r/min

A-21

Voltage input to VF66B (DC motor
drive) upon rated speed oftachogenerator

0.00 to 10.00

0.01

5.00

V

Rated speed of tachogenerator (A-20):
When the PG selection is tachogenerator (A-10 = 2 to 4), set the rated speed of the tachogenerator.
Voltage input to VF66B (DC motor drive) upon rated speed of tachogenerator (A-21):
In this parameter, set the voltage the tachogenerator outputs when rotating at the rated speed of thetachogenerator.

53

Field current monitor settings
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)

A-22

Field current monitoring input location
selection

0: No input
1: Analog input (1)[VFC66-Z TB1](AIN1)
2: Analog input (2)[Optional board] (AIN2)
3: Analog input (3)[Optional board] (AIN3)

A-23

Voltage input to VF66B (DC motor
drive) upon rated field current

0.1 to 10.0

Setting
resolution

Initialized
data

Unit

-

0

-

0.1

4.0

V

Field current monitoring input location selection (A-22):
The field current output by the field amplifier is input to VF66B (DC motor drive) using DCCT, allowing todisplay the magnitude of the field current on the monitor of the console panel. In this parameter, set thelocation of VF66B (DC motor drive) to input the voltage that is output by DCCT to carry out the processdescribed above.
Voltage input to VF66B (DC motor drive) upon rated field current (A-23):
In this parameter, set the voltage (voltage to be input to VF66B (DC motor drive)) output by DCCT when thefield amplifier is outputting the rated field current.
Consolepanel
monitordisplay
A-24 toA-27

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)[No function]*1-

Setting
resolution-

Initialized
data
-

Unit

-

*1: There is no function to be set.

7.3. Area b (Operation Sequence Setting Area)
Parameter data write protection setting
Consolepanel
monitordisplay
b-00

Contents

Setting data rewrite protection

Setting range (selecting item)oFF (None)on (Setting data rewrite protection)

Setting
resolution-

Initialized
data
oFF

Unit

-

Setting data rewrite protection (b-00):
When (b-00) is set to "ON," you cannot change data from the console or in other ways.
When you want to change the setting value of the parameter, select this as "OFF."*When you try to rewrite data with (b-00) set to "ON,"the console.

54

appears in the seven-segment display onSelection of stop mode
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution

Initialized
data

Unit

b-01

Stop mode selection

0: Free stop
1: Deceleration stop

-

1

-

b-02

Stop speed

0 to 300

1

30

r/min

b-03

[No function]

*1

-

-

-

-

b-04

[No function]*1

-

-

-

-

b-05

JOG stop mode selection

0: Free stop
1: Deceleration stop

-

0

-

b-06

JOG stop speed

0 to 300

1

30

r/min

*1: There is no function to be set.

Stop mode selection (b-01), JOG stop mode selection (b-05):
In the Stop mode selection (b-01) and the JOG stop mode selection (b-05), select a behavior when turning off
an operation or jog command. When the Operation mode selection (i-07) is not "0" (speed control mode), freestop always occurs regardless of the settings of (b-01) and (b-05).
Stop speed (b-02), JOG stop speed (b-06):
In the stop speed (b-02) and JOG stop speed (b-06), set speeds for stopping an operation or JOG operation.
Free stop

Deceleration stop

Turning off an operation or JOG
command will cause VF66B (DC motor
drive) to stop voltage output.

VF66B (DC motor drive) gradually
decelerates according to the deceleration
time until it reaches the settings of the Stop
speed (b-02) and the JOG stop speed(b-06), and then it stops voltage output.
Operation/JOG
commandOperation/JOG
command

Outputcurrent

Outputcurrent

Free run
Motor speed

b-02/b-06
Motor speed

Caution [About free run]
Note that a DC motor generates a voltage proportional to the speed even in a free run state due to the fieldcurrent. When you want to shut down the output voltage immediately after turning off the operation in acase where the power constant area is used, insert an output MC (electromagnetic contactor) between the
motor and VF66B (DC motor drive) and operate this MC through the 52MA relay of VF66B (DC motor
drive).

55

Instantaneous power interruption restart behavior setting
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents
Instantaneous power interruption
restartb-07

Setting range (selecting item)oFF (Not restart)on (Restart)

Setting
resolution

Initialized
data

-

oFF

Unit

-

Instantaneous power interruption restart (b-07):
Instantaneous power interruption means that direct current voltage becomes the specified value or less andthen returns to the specified value or more without control power failure. Select whether or not restarting
VF66B (DC motor drive) after restoring power when instantaneous power interruption occurs and theoperation is temporarily stopped.
oFF: VF66B (DC motor drive) does not restart even after the power is restored. (It remains to be stopped.)
To restart it, you need to turn off the operation or JOG command and turn it on.
on: VF66B (DC motor drive) automatically restarts after the power is restored.However, when it operates
from the contact signal or the digital communication option command, the operation command to theinverter should be kept "ON." (After the inverter stops, when you cannot restart it with the operationcommand kept "ON," the startup stall protection () will operate.)

Warning [About instantaneous power interruption restart]When the instantaneous power interruption restart (b-07) is set to on, the motor automatically restarts after
detecting instantaneous power interruption and restoring power. Therefore, do not come close to the motor while
instantaneous power interruption is being detected.
Otherwise, you may be injured.

Reverse rotation prohibition mode setting
Consolepanel
monitordisplay
b-08

Contents

Reverse rotation/reverse voltage
prohibition mode selection

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution

0: Normal
1: Prohibit operation in the direction opposite
to command
2: Prohibit opposite direction-

Reverse rotation/reverse voltage prohibition mode selection (b-08):
This parameter prohibits reverse rotation/reverse voltage operation.
・Normal (b-08 = 0):This is a normal operation. There is no limit on both the forward and reverse operations.

56

Initialized
data

0

Unit

-

・Prohibit operation in the direction opposite to command (b-08 = 1):
This setting prohibits an operation in the direction opposite to the operation command at the time of start of
VF66B (DC motor drive). (Once started, an operation in the direction opposite to the operation command at
the time of start is prohibited until VF66B (DC motor drive) is stopped. After starting, even if you change theforward rotation/positive voltage operation command to the reverse rotation/reverse voltage operationcommand or vice versa, the prohibited direction is not changed unless VF66B (DC motor drive) is stopped.
Speed/voltage commandis increased

Speed/voltage command is decreased

Started with forward
Operates in forward
rotation/positive voltage operation rotation/positive voltage

Limits to +minimum speed/0 voltage

Started with reverse
Operates in reverse
rotation/reverse voltage operation rotation/reverse voltage

Limits to -minimum speed/0 voltage

・Prohibit opposite direction (b-08 = 2)
Regardless of the direction of the operation command, this setting prohibits operation in the direction ofreverse rotation/reverse voltage of the motor (forward rotation/positive voltage is the direction of the clockwise
rotation when viewing from the commutator). A speed/voltage command in the direction of reverse
rotation/reverse voltage is limited to +minimum speed/0 voltage.
Output axis
Commutator side
Forwardrotation/
positive
voltage
PG

57

Speed/voltage, operation, JOG command input selection
Consolepanel
monitordisplay
b-09

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)
0: Terminal block
1: Console panel [SET66-Z]
2: Communication option

Command input when coupled

Initialized
data

Unit

-

1

-

Interlock
Analog input (1) [VFC66-Z TB1] (AIN1)
Console panel [SET66-Z]
Communication option
Analog input (2) [optional board] (AIN2)[Expanded options]*1
Analog input (3) [optional board] (AIN3)Internal PLC function

-

0

-

InterlockTerminal block [VFC66-Z TB1] (ST-F)
Console panel [SET66-Z]
Communication option

-

0

-

-

0

-

b-10

Speed/armature
input selection

b-11

Operation command input selection

0:
1:
2:
3:

JOG command input selection

0: Interlock
1: Terminal block[VFC66-Z TB1] (MI1 to MI5)
[Optional board] (MI6 to MI17)
2: Console panel [SET66-Z]
3: Communication option

b-12

voltage0:1:2:command 3:
4:
5:
6:
7:

Setting
resolution*1: This item is for expanded options. Normally, do not set this item.

Command input when coupled (b-09) to JOG command input selection (b-12):
In these parameters, select commanding places for speed/voltage, operation, and JOG. You can also set
these commanding places at once by the setting of the command input when coupled (b-09). The following
table shows the commanding place for each command in accordance with the combination of settings fromthe command input when coupled (b-09) to JOG command input selection (b-12).
command input when coupled (b-09)
0: Terminal block

Speed/armat
ure voltage
commandinput
selection(b-10)

58

1: Console panel

2: Communication option

0: Interlock

Analog input (1)[VFC66-Z TB1](AIN1)*1

Console panel
Speed command (0.SrEF)
Voltage command (i-33)

Communication option
Speed command througheach communication
Voltage commandthrough each
communication

1: Analog input (1)[VFC66-Z TB1] (AIN1)*1

Analog input (1)[VFC66-Z TB1](AIN1)*1

Analog input (1)[VFC66-Z TB1](AIN1)*1

Analog input (1)[VFC66-Z TB1](AIN1)*1

2: Console panel[SET66-Z]

Console panel
Speed command (0.SrEF)
Armature voltage command(i-33)

Console panel
Speed command (0.SrEF)
Armature voltage
command (i-33)

Console panel
Speed command(0.SrEF)
Armature voltage
command (i-33)

3: Communication option

Communication option
Speed command througheach communication
Armature voltage commandthrough each
communication

Communication option
Speed command througheach communication
Armature voltage
command through each
communication

Communication option
Speed command througheach communication
Armature voltage
command through each
communication

4: Analog input (2)[Optional board] (AIN2)*2

Analog input (2)[Optional board] (AIN2)*2

Analog input (2)[Optional board] (AIN2)*2

Analog input (2)[Optional board] (AIN2)*2

command input when coupled (b-09)

Operationcommandinput
selection(b-11)

JOG
commandinput
selection(b-12)

0: Terminal block

1: Console panel

2: Communication option

0: Interlock

Terminal block[VFC66-Z TB1](ST-F)

Console panel[START] and [FOR/REV]
keys

Communication option
Operation commandthrough each
communication

1: Terminal block[VFC66-Z TB1](ST-F)

Terminal block[VFC66-Z TB1](ST-F)

Terminal block[VFC66-Z TB1](ST-F)

Terminal block[VFC66-Z TB1](ST-F)

2: Console panel[SET66-Z]

Console panel[START] and [FOR/REV]
keys

Console panel[START] and [FOR/REV]
keys

Console panel[START] and [FOR/REV]keys

3: Communication option

Communication option
Operation command througheach communication

Communication option
Operation commandthrough each
communication

Communication option
Operation commandthrough each
communication

0: Interlock

Terminal block[VFC66-Z TB1] (MI1 toMI5)*3[Optional board] (MI6 toMI17)*3

Console panel[JOG/→] and [FOR/REV]
keys

Communication option
JOG command througheach communication

1: Terminal block[VFC66-Z TB1]
(MI1 to MI5)*3[Optional board](MI6 to MI17)*3

Terminal block[VFC66-Z TB1] (MI1 toMI5)*3[Optional board] (MI6 toMI17)*3

Terminal block[VFC66-Z TB1] (MI1 toMI5)*3[Optional board] (MI6 toMI17)*3

Terminal block[VFC66-Z TB1] (MI1 toMI5)*3[Optional board] (MI6 toMI17)*3

2: Console panel[SET66-Z]

Console panel[JOG/→] and [FOR/REV]
keys

Console panel[JOG/→] and [FOR/REV]
keys

Console panel[JOG/→] and [FOR/REV]keys

3: Communication option

Communication option
JOG command througheach communication

Communication option
JOG command througheach communication

Communication option
JOG command througheach communication*1: When the speed/armature voltage command input selection (b-10) is set to analog input (1), you can make achangeover in the input characteristics from "0 to ±10 V voltage input" to "0 to +10 V voltage input" or vice versa using
the Analog input (1) characteristics selection (b-17) parameter. ("0 to +10 V voltage input" is selected as the initial
setting.)*2: When the speed/armature voltage command input selection (b-10) is set to analog input (2), you can make achangeover in the input characteristics from "0 to ±10 V voltage input" to "0 to +10 V voltage input" or vice versa using
the Analog input (2) characteristics selection (G-03) parameter. ("0 to +10 V voltage input" is selected as the initial
setting.)*3: The multifunction input terminal function needs to be set to JOG command [forward rotation] or [reverse rotation]. For
information on the multifunction input function, refer to "6.4. Area c" in Chapter 6 and "7.4. Area c" in Chapter 7.

Warning [Using control input terminal [VFC66-Z TB1] (ST-F)]

When you turn on the power or perform protection reset with signals input in the control input terminal[VFC66-Z TB1] (ST-F), the motor suddenly restarts. After checking that no signal is input in the control input
terminal [VFC66-Z TB1] (ST-F), turn on the power or perform protection reset.
Otherwise, you may be injured.

59

Settings of current limiter
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

Setting
resolution

Setting range (selecting item)
0 to value that depends on rated motor
armature current <A-04>*1

Initialized
data

Unit

1

150

%

b-13

Forward powering armature current
limit

b-14

Forward regenerative armature current -value that depends on rated motor armature
limit
current <A-04>*1 to 0

1

-150

%

b-15

Reverse powering armature current
limit

1

-150

%

b-16

Reverse regenerative armature current 0 to value that depends on rated motor
limit
armature current <A-04>*1

1

150

%

-value that depends on rated motor armature
current <A-04>*1 to 0

*1: The maximum (minimum) value of the armature current limit varies with the model of VF66B (DC motor drive)
・For models less than 7522, 7544
The value is calculated by 200 x (rated current of VF66B (DC motor drive)/rated motor armature current (A-04).
If the calculated value exceeds 200%, the maximum (minimum) value is 200%.
・For models greater than or equal to 7522, 7544
The value is calculated by 150 x (rated current of VF66B (DC motor drive)/rated motor armature current (A-04).
If the calculated value exceeds 200%, the maximum (minimum) value is 200%.

Forward powering armature current limit (b-13) to reverse regenerative armature current limit (b-16):
In these parameters, set armature current limits of power running and regeneration for each of forward
rotation and reverse rotation. When an armature current command exceeds any of these values, it is limited tothese setting values. Incidentally, the rated current of VF66B (DC motor drive) is 100%.
Analog speed/voltage command characteristics settings (analog input (1) [VFC66-Z TB1] (AIN1))
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contentsb-17

Analog input (1) characteristics
selectionb-18

Analog input (1) speed/voltage upper
limit

b-19

Analog input (1) speed/voltage lower
limit

Setting
resolution

Setting range (selecting item)
0: 0 to ±10 V (bipolarity)
1: 0 to 10 V (unipolarity)
2: 4 to 20 mA
Absolute value of analog input (1)speed/voltage lower limit (b-19)

Initialized
data

Unit

-

1

-

0.1

100.0

%

0.1

0.0

%

to 100.0-analog input (1) speed/voltage upper limit(b-18)
to analog input (1) speed/voltage upper limit(b-18)

Analog input (1) characteristics selection (b-17):
In this parameter, select the type of input characteristics of analog input (1) of [VFC66-Z TB1] (AIN1).
Analog input (1) speed/voltage upper limit (b-18), analog input (1) speed/voltage lower limit (b-19):
Settings for the analog input (1) speed/voltage upper limit (b-18) and analog input (1) speed/voltage lower
limit (b-19) vary depending on the operation mode selection (i-07).
・When the operation mode selection is speed control mode (i-07 = 0)
Set the ratio to the maximum speed (A-00).
・When the operation mode selection is armature voltage control mode (i-07 = 5)
Set the ratio to the forward direction output maximum voltage (E-11) or reverse direction output maximum
voltage (E-12) whichever its absolute value is larger.

60

For information on settings of speed/voltage commanding place selection, refer to the sections of thecommand input when coupled (b-09) and speed/armature voltage command input selection (b-10).
・When the speed/armature voltage command input selection is set to analog input (1) (b-10 = 1)
This section describes speed/voltage commanding characteristics when the speed/armature voltage
command input selection (b-10) is set to analog input (1).
1. When the analog input (1) characteristics selection is 0 to ±10 V input (b-17 = 0)
When the analog input (1) characteristics selection is 0 to ±10 V input (b-17 = 0), you can perform thereverse rotation/negative voltage output by giving a negative commanding voltage. (Incidentally, when
operating with a reverse rotation operation command, a positive voltage performs the reverse
rotation/negative voltage output and a negative voltage performs the forward rotation/positive voltage
output.) When +10 V is input, the characteristics are the setting of the analog input (1) speed/voltage
upper limit (b-18). When -10 V is input, the characteristics are the additive inverse of the setting of theanalog input (1) speed/voltage upper limit (b-18). However, the negative value is limited to the setting of
the analog input (1) speed/voltage lower limit (b-19). (Because of this, to use the lowest negative value,
you need to set -100% to the analog input (1) speed/voltage lower limit (b-19).)
Incidentally, when the operation mode selection is speed control mode (i-07 = 0) and the minimum speed(A-01) is not 0, the value is limited so that its absolute value is not below this speed. In such a case, thecharacteristics around 0 V become hysteresis characteristics as shown in Figure 1-2. (Upon start, theminimum speed is of the forward rotation when started with the Forward operation and of the reverse
rotation when started with the reverse rotation operation.)
Speed/voltage command

Speed command

b-18

A-01

-10 V
0

+10 V
Input voltage

Input voltage
A-01 x (-1)

b-19

b-18 x (-1)

Figure 1-1 When 0 to ±10 V is selected

Figure 1-2 Hysteresis characteristics of minimum
speed (A-01) around 0 V

61

2. When the analog input (1) characteristics selection is 0 to +10V input (b-17 = 1)
When 0V is input, the characteristics are the setting of the analog input (1) speed/voltage lower limit(b-19). When +10V is input, the characteristics are the setting of the analog input (1) speed/voltage upper
limit (b-18) (Figure 2-1). However, those are effective for positive voltages only. Negative voltages arelimited to the analog input (1) speed/voltage lower limit (b-19) (or 0 when a negative value is set to theanalog input (1) speed/voltage lower limit (b-19)) (Figure 2-2).
Incidentally, when the operation mode selection is speed control mode (i-07 = 0) and the minimum speed(A-01) is not 0, the value is limited so that its absolute value is not below this speed. Since the speedcommand is for the forward rotation only, use the reverse rotation operation command to perform thereverse rotation.
Speed/voltage
command

Speed/voltage
command

b-18

b-18

b-19

0V

0V

+10 V

b-19

Input voltage

Figure 2-1 When 0 to +10V is selected(Analog input (1) speed/voltage lower limit (b-19) is 0
or more)+10 V
Input voltage

Figure 2-2 When 0 to +10V is selected(Analog input (1) speed/voltage lower limit (b-19)
is less than 0)

3. When the analog input (1) characteristics selection is 4 to 20 mA input (b-17 = 2)
When 4 mA is input, the characteristics are the setting of the analog input (1) speed/voltage lower limit(b-19). When 20 mA is input, the characteristics are the setting of the analog input (1) speed/voltage
upper limit (b-18) (Figure 3-1). However, those are effective for positive currents only. When a negative
current is input, it is limited to the analog input (1) speed/voltage lower limit (b-19) (or 0 when a negativevalue is set to the analog input (1) speed/voltage lower limit (b-19)) (Figure 3-2).
Incidentally, when the operation mode selection is speed control mode (i-07 = 0) and the minimum speed(A-01) is not 0, the value is limited so that its absolute value is not below this speed. Since the speedcommand is for the forward rotation only, use the reverse rotation operation command to perform thereverse rotation.
Speed/voltage
command

Speed/voltage
command

b-18

b-18

b-19
4 mA
4 mA

20 mA
Input current

Figure 3-1 When 4 to 20 mA is selected(when b-19 is 0 or more)

62

20 mA
b-19

Input current

Figure 3-2 When 4 to 20 mA is selected(when b-19 is less than 0)Analog input zero limit function setting
Consolepanel
monitordisplay
b-20

Contents
Analog input zerolimit voltage

Setting range (selecting item)
0.000 to 1.000

Setting
resolution

Initialized
data

Unit

0.000

V

0.001

Analog input zerolimit voltage (b-20):
The command is forcibly set to "0" when the absolute value of the command input voltage into the analog
input(1) terminal (AIN1) on the control board [VFC66-Z TB1] is less than or equal to this setting value. Use it
when a value does not become completely zero even if you set 0 V with analog circuit drift. (It is enabled forboth speed/voltage command and an armature current command.)
Analog output (1) characteristics selection ([VFC66-Z TB1] (AOT1))
Consolepanel
monitordisplayb-21

Contents

Analog output (1) characteristics
selection

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution

0: Output voltage
1: Output current
2: Armature current command
3: Speed
4: Speed command
5: Internal PLC function output
6: Calibration
7: Internal monitor
8: [For special adjustment]

Initialized
data

-

8

Unit

-

-1: [No function]*1-2: 6F speed-3: 6F calibration

Analog output (1) characteristics selection (b-21):
In this parameter, select analog output data to output to analog output (1) of [VFC66-Z TB1] (AOT1).
Analog output selectable in analog output (1) characteristics selection (b-21)
No.

Selection item

Output voltage/6F output

0

Output voltage

7.5 V/200 V (200 V class)
7.5 V/400 V (400 V class)1

Output current

5 V/rated current of VF66B (DC motor drive)2

Armature current command

5 V/100% armature current command

3

Speed

10 V/maximum speed (A-00)

4Speed command
10 V/maximum speed (A-00)(after acceleration/deceleration control)

5Internal PLC function output

5V/20000(100%)*1

6

Calibration

Output 5 V

7Internal monitor-

8[For special adjustment]

10V/rated motor armature voltage (A-03)-1[No function]--2

6F speed

Signal with a frequency that is six times of thefrequency converted from the speed-3

6F calibration

Outputs a signal with a frequency that is six times of avalue equivalent to the maximum speed (A-00)*1 For more information about the internal PLC function output, refer to "Control Block Editor Function Manual."63

・When the analog output (1) characteristics selection is 6F speed (b-21 = -2) or 6F calibration (b-21 =-3)
In addition to the parameter change, you need to change the setting of the switch (SW2) on VFC66-Z. Set theswitch (SW2) to 1 (toward the console panel) using a tip of tweezers or a jig with a very thin tip (about
0.8 mm).
TB1
52MA
52MA
86Aa
86A
86Ab
MO1
P
MO2
COM
AOT1
GND
AIN1
+10
ST-F
PS
MI1
PS
MI2
MI3
MI4
GND
MI5
GND

CN4

SW2

RY1

3

1

RY2
3

1

SW2

LED1

SW1
ON

CN-SI
CN-SO

SET66-Z
CN3

VFC66-Z
CN5
CN6
CN7

CN4

1. When the analog output (1) characteristics selection is 6F speed (b-21 = -2)
The [VFC66-Z TB1] (AOT1) - (GND) terminal outputs a signal with a frequency of six times of the value
converted into frequency F (6F signal).
The value converted into frequency F is calculated by the following expression:
F = Motor speed / 60 (Hz)
2. When the analog output (1) characteristics selection is 6F calibration (b-21 = -3)
Outputs a signal with a frequency that is six times of a value equivalent to the maximum speed (A-00).
When using a digital counter type frequency/revolution-counter, divide the frequency of the pulse count bysix. When using a DC voltmeter, the characteristics are similar to ones shown in "Frequency - voltage
characteristics" in the right part of the following figure as an average of the 6F signal output. Therefore,
adjust in accordance with these characteristics.
Note that when the maximum speed (A-00) converted into frequency F exceeds 120 Hz, apply the half ofthese characteristics, and when it exceeds 240 Hz, apply the quarter of these characteristics.
3.6 V

About
10 V
Voltage

T1
T2
Frequency (converted value) 60 Hz

6F signal output waveform(The output current is 5 mA at most)Frequency - voltage characteristics(When the maximum speed converted into frequency
F is 120 Hz or less)T1 and T2 in the figure are
T1 = 1 msec (When the maximum speed converted into frequency F is 120 Hz or less)= 0.5 msec (When the maximum speed converted into frequency F is 240 Hz or less)= 0.25 msec (When the maximum speed converted into frequency F exceeds 240 Hz)
T2 = 1 / (6 x Fout)
64

Where Fout is the speed converted into frequency.
Consolepanel
monitordisplayb-22

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)[For special adjustment]

Setting
resolution

0 to 1000

1

Initialized
data

Unit

0

%

7.4. Area c (Multifunction Input Related Setting Area)
Settings of input signals to multifunction input
Consolepanel
monitordisplay
c-00
c-01
c-02
c-03
c-04
c-05
c-06
c-07
c-08
c-09
c-10
c-11
c-12
c-13
c-14
c-15
c-16
c-17

*

Contents

Multifunction input place selection
Multifunction input terminal (1)function selection
Multifunction input terminal (2)function selection
Multifunction input terminal (3)function selection
Multifunction input terminal (4)function selection*3
Multifunction input terminal (5)function selection
Multifunction input terminal (6)function selection
Multifunction input terminal (7)function selection
Multifunction input terminal (8)function selection
Multifunction input terminal (9)function selection
Multifunction input terminal (10)function selection
Multifunction input terminal (11)function selection
Multifunction input terminal (12)function selection
Multifunction input terminal (13)function selection
Multifunction input terminal (14)function selection
Multifunction input terminal (15)function selection
Multifunction input terminal (16)function selection
Multifunction input terminal (17)function selection

Setting range (selecting item)
0:
1:
0:
1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
6:
7:
8:

Terminal block
Communication option
Preset speed selection 1
Preset speed selection 2
Preset speed selection 3
Acceleration/deceleration selection 1
Acceleration/deceleration selection 2
Speed up command (MRH mode)
Speed down command (MRH mode)
Speed/voltage hold
Prohibition of s-pattern
acceleration/deceleration
9: Maximum speed/voltage reduction
10: Drooping control inactive
11: Speed/current control selection
12: Forward rotation (positive voltage)/reverse
rotation (reverse voltage) operationcommand selection
13: Field loss signal
14: Field overcurrent signal
15: External failure signal 1 (Protection relay
86A active)
16: External failure signal 2 (Protection relay
86A active)
17: External failure signal 3 (Protection relay
86A active)
18: External failure signal 4 (Protection relay
86A active)
19: External failure signal 1 (Protection relay
86A inactive)
20: External failure signal 2 (Protection relay
86A inactive)
21: External failure signal 3 (Protection relay
86A inactive)
22: External failure signal 4 (Protection relay
86A inactive)
23: Traceback external trigger
24: Second setting block selection
25: Emergency stop (Normally close)
26: [For special adjustment]*1
27: Speed/voltage commanding terminal blockselection
28: Operation command [forward rotation](STARTF)*2
29: Operation command [reverse rotation](STARTR)
30: JOG command [forward rotation] (JOGF)
31: JOG command [reverse rotation] (JOGR)
32: Emergency stop (Normally open)
33: Protection reset (RESET)
34: External signal input 1
35: External signal input 2
36: External signal input 3
37: External signal input 4

Setting
Initialized
resolution
data

Unit

-

0

-

-

13

-

-

14

-

-

31

-

-

32

-

-

33

-

-

0

-

-

1

-

-

2

-

-

3

-

-

4

-

-

5

-

-

6

-

-

7

-

-

8

-

-

9

-

-

10

-

-

11

-

The multifunction input terminals (1) to (5) are the terminal blocks [MI1] to [MI5] of VFC66-Z TB1.

65

The multifunction input terminals (6) to (17) are functions of an optional board.
*1: This item is for special adjustment. Normally, do not set this item.
*2: Do not set the operation command [forward rotation] (STARTF) because this function is usually assigned to the control
input terminal block [VFC66-Z TB1] (ST-F).
*3: Even when the multifunction input terminal (4) function selection is set to 24 (Second setting block selection), thefunction is disabled.

Multifunction input place selection (c-00):
When the multifunction input place selection is set to communication option (c-00 = 1) and the setting valuesof the multifunction input terminal function selection (c-01) to (c-17) is set to [11: Speed/current control
selection] to [25: Emergency stop (Normally close)], these functions are controlled by signals from thecommunication option. Therefore, note that the functions through the terminal block is disabled for [11:Speed/current control selection] to [25: Emergency stop (Normally close)].
Multifunction input terminal (1) function selection (c-01) to multifunction input terminal (17) function selection(c-17):
The following figures show typical connection methods of the multifunction input terminals (1) to (5) of[VFC66-Z TB1] (MI1 to MI5). The multifunction input terminals (1) to (5) of [VFC66-Z TB1] (MI1 to MI5) are set
as the input terminal blocks of functions of multifunction inputs that are set by the multifunction input terminal(1) function selection (c-01) to multifunction input terminal (5) function selection (c-05), respectively. The
maximum allowable voltage and the maximum allowable current per terminal of a multifunction input
terminal are 24 V and 3 mA, respectively. You can select source mode or sync mode for a multifunction
input terminal and can select the internal power source of VF66B (DC motor drive) or an external powersource to use. In the initial state, source mode is selected. You can change mode to source mode or sync
mode by changing jumper settings of VFC66-Z.
For more information about the multifunction input function, refer to "Detailed list of multifunction input
terminal functions" which will be shown later.
Connections of multifunction input terminals (1) to (5)ＴＢ１ VFC66-Z

ＴＢ１ VFC66-Z

PS

PS

CN-SI
4.7 kΩ

Multifunction input 1
Multifunction input 2
Multifunction input 3
Multifunction input 4
Multifunction input 5

MI1Internal
powersource(+12 V)

Multifunction input 1

MI1

4.7 kΩ

4.7 kΩ

MI2

Multifunction input 2

MI2

4.7 kΩ

4.7 kΩ

MI3

Multifunction input 3

MI3

4.7 kΩ

4.7 kΩ

MI4
MI5

CN-SI
4.7 kΩ

Multifunction input 4

4.7 kΩ
CN-SO

Multifunction input 5

GND

MI4
MI5

4.7 kΩCN-SO

GND
External power source(+12 V to +24 V)

1. Source mode (using the internal power source)66

2. Source mode (using an external power source)

ＴＢ１ VFC66-Z

PS

CN-SI
4.7 kΩ

Multifunction input 1

ＴＢ１ VFC66-Z

MI1Internal
powersource(+12 V)

External powersource(+12 V to +24
V)
Multifunction input 1

PS

MI1

4.7 kΩ
Multifunction input 2

4.7 kΩ

MI2

Multifunction input 2

MI2

4.7 kΩ
Multifunction input 3

4.7 kΩ

MI3

Multifunction input 3

MI3

4.7 kΩ
Multifunction input 4
Multifunction input 5

4.7 kΩ

MI4
MI5

CN-SI
4.7 kΩ

Multifunction input 4

4.7 kΩ
CN-SO

Multifunction input 5

GND

MI4
MI5

4.7 kΩ
CN-SO

GND

3. Sync mode (using the internal power source)

4. Sync mode (using an external power source)

Warning [Safety notice]Be sure to turn off VF66B (DC motor drive) before connecting terminals.
It may result in a risk of electric shock.
Close the front cover before turning on the power.
It may result in a risk of electric shock.
Be sure to turn off VF66B (DC motor drive) before handling the jumper.
It mayw result in a risk of electric shock, injury, failure, or malfunction.

67

TB1
52MA
52MA
86Aa
86A
86Ab
MO1
P
MO2
COM
AOT1
GND
AIN1
+10
ST-F
PS
MI1
PS
MI2
MI3
MI4
GND
MI5
GND

CN4

RY1

Jumper sockets[CN-SI] [CN-SO]

RY2
3

1

SW2

LED1

SW1
ON

CN-SI
CN-SO

SET66-Z
CN3

VFC66-Z
CN5

CN6

CN7

CN4

・When the jumper socket is [VFC66-Z CN-SI] and the internal power source is used
Install switches, etc., between the multifunction input terminals (1) to (5) ([VFC66-Z TB1] (MI1) to (MI5)terminals) and the GND terminal ([VFC66-Z TB1] (GND) terminal) using a screwdriver  M3 to turn themon/off.
・When the jumper socket is [VFC66-Z CN-SO] and the internal power source is used
Install switches, etc., between the multifunction input terminals (1) to (5) ([VFC66-Z TB1] (MI1) to (MI5)terminals) and the PS terminal ([VFC66-Z TB1] (PS) terminal) using a screwdriver  M3 to turn themon/off.
Detailed list of multifunction input terminal functions
No.

Item

Description of function
By using three inputs of the preset speed selection 1 to 3, you can select settings of the preset
speed commands 1 to 7 (d-15 to d-21) to operate.
Presetspeed 30 to 2

68

Preset speed
1 to 3Presetspeed 2Presetspeed 1

OFF

OFF

OFF
OFF

Speed commandOFF

As standard selection(Preset is not used)

OFF

ON

Preset speed 1 (d-15)

ON

OFF

Preset speed 2 (d-16)

OFF

ON

ON

Preset speed 3 (d-17)

ON

OFF

OFF

Preset speed 4 (d-18)

ON

OFF

ON

Preset speed 5 (d-19)

ON

ON

OFF

Preset speed 6 (d-20)

ON

ON

ON

Preset speed 7 (d-21)

No.

Item

Description of function
By using the inputs of the acceleration/deceleration time selection 1 to 2, you can change theacceleration/deceleration time during operation. (To use the s-pattern acceleration/
deceleration, you need to set the s-pattern acceleration/deceleration usage selection to ON(d-06 = on).)3 to 4

Acceleration/deceleration
time selection 1 to 2

Acceleration/deceleration time to be selected(including s-pattern acceleration/deceleration)

Acceleration/deceleration
time selection 2

Acceleration/deceleration
time selection 1

OFF

OFF

Standard (The acceleration/deceleration time selected in theacceleration/deceleration time selection (d-00))

OFF

ON

Acceleration/deceleration time selection (2)(Acceleration time (2) (5.Acc2), deceleration time (2) (6.dEc2),s-pattern rise time (2) (d-11) to s-pattern deceleration reachtime (2) (d-14))

ON

OFF

Acceleration/deceleration time selection (3)(Acceleration time (3) (d-02), deceleration time (3) (d-03))

ONON

Acceleration/deceleration time selection (4)(Acceleration time (4) (d-04), deceleration time (4) (d-05))

When the MRH_function_usage_selection (d-27) is set to "ON" and "1" (Terminal block) is
selected to the Speed_command_input_selection (b-10), acceleration or deceleration can becontrolled through an UP or DOWN command.
When frequency/speed exceeds its upper or lower limit, the inverter automatically accelerates
or decelerates until it reaches the upper or lower limit without an UP or DOWN command.
Specifying a negative value to the lower limit speed enables the inverter to operate in the
opposite direction.
Operation command

5 to 6

Speed UP/DOWN
command(MRH mode)

UP command
DOWN command
MRH upper limit

MRH lower limit
Motor speed

When this signal is set to "ON" while VF66B (DC motor drive) is accelerating or decelerating, it
temporarily stops acceleration or deceleration and holds the speed at that time. When it ischanged to "OFF," VF66B (DC motor drive) will accelerate or decelerate again. (However, thishold function is not available while VF66B (DC motor drive) is decelerating to stop with a stop
command.)Operation command
Rotation speed/voltage hold7

Speed/voltage
holdRotation speed/voltage
commandMotor speed/output
voltage

8

Prohibition of s-pattern
acceleration/deceleration

Even when the inverter executes S-pattern acceleration or deceleration with the S-pattern
acceleration/deceleration usage selection set to "ON," setting this signal to "ON" will forciblyprohibit the S-pattern acceleration/deceleration and return VF66B (DC motor drive) to normal
acceleration or deceleration.

69

No.

Item

Description of function

9

Reduction of maximum
speed/voltage

When the terminal block is selected for the speed commanding place (b-10 = 1), if this signal isturned on, the speed/voltage command is reduced on the basis of the setting of the maximum
speed/voltage reduction rate (H-12) as shown in the figure. Turn on or off this signal while theoperation is stopped. Even if you change this signal during an operation, it is not changed until
the operation is stopped. (This function is effective for the analog input from the terminal block
only)

10

Drooping control inactive

Even when the Droop control usage selection (i-02) is set to "ON," setting this signal to "ON"will cause the droop function not to be operated. (For information on the drooping control, referto "6.10. Area i" in Chapter 6 and "7.10. Area i" in Chapter 7.)

11

Speed/current control
selection

When the operation mode selection is set to contact change of speed/current control (i-07 = 4),
you can change control to speed control or current control using this signal. Turn off this signal
to use speed control and turn it on to use current control. (Refer to "6.10. Area i" in Chapter 6
and "7.10. Area i" in Chapter 7.)

12

When the operation command input selection is set to terminal block (b-11 = 1) or JOG
command input selection is set to terminal block (b-12 = 1), if this signal is turned on, theForward rotation (positive
direction of the operation/JOG command is changed from forward to reverse or vice versa.
voltage)/ reverse rotation(Forward rotation (positive voltage) operation -> reverse rotation (reverse voltage) operation,(reverse voltage)
reverse rotation (reverse voltage) operation -> forward rotation (positive voltage) operation)
operation command
selection* Since the operation command input selection is set to terminal block (b-11 = 1), use the[VFC66-Z TB1] (ST-F) terminal to turn on/off the operation signal.

13

Field loss signal

By inputting a field loss signal of the field amplifier during the operation of VF66B (DC motor
drive), you can stop the operation for protection. When the field loss signal is turned on, VF66B(DC motor drive) cuts off the output and turns on the protection relay (86A). However, while theoperation of VF66B (DC motor drive) is stopped, the protection relay (86A) is not turned on,
and the display is cleared automatically after the field loss signal of the operation field amplifier
is turned off.
At the same time, the protection display
is displayed on the console panel.
This signal also triggers the traceback. To cancel the protection operation, perform theprotection operation reset. To perform the protection reset, set either of the [STOP/RESET]
key or the multifunction input terminal as the protection reset, and then turn it on.
By inputting a field overcurrent signal of the field amplifier, you can stop VF66B (DC motor
drive) for protection. When the field overcurrent signal is turned on, VF66B (DC motor drive)
cuts off the output and turns on the protection relay (86A).

14

Field overcurrent signal

External failure signal
1 to 415 to 18
(protection relay (86A)
active)External failure signal
1 to 419 to 22
(protection relay (86A)
inactive)70

At the same time, the protection display
is displayed on the console panel.
This signal also triggers the traceback. To cancel the protection operation, perform theprotection operation reset. To perform the protection reset, set either of the [STOP/RESET]
key or the multifunction input terminal as the protection reset, and then turn it on.
Use failure signals from peripherals as an input of this signal to protect and stop VF66B (DCmotor drive). When External failure signals 1 through 4 are set to "ON," VF66B (DC motor
drive) blocks output to turn on the protection relay (86A). At the same time,throughare displayed on the console, and traceback is also triggered. To
release the protection operation, reset it. To reset the protection operation, use the[STOP/RESET] key or set one of multifunction input terminals to protection reset and then turnit on.
These are similar to the setting items 15 through 18 except that the protection relay (86A) does
not operate. Also, traceback is not triggered for these signals. Setting each command ofoperation/JOG/DC brake of VF66B (DC motor drive) to "OFF" will automatically release theprotection operation.

23

Traceback external
trigger

Typically, traceback is triggered when a failure or protection operation occurs. Input of thissignal can forcibly trigger it. (For information on traceback, refer to "6.7. Area F" in Chapter 6
and "7.7. Area F" in Chapter 7.)

24

Second setting blockselection

When this signal is turned on, parameters that are set in the second setting block are used.
When this signal is turned off, parameters that are set in the first setting block are used.

25

Emergency stop
(Normally close)

26[For special adjustment]This is an emergency stop signal through Normally closed contact input. When the contact is
opened, VF66B (DC motor drive) urgently stops.
When the contact is opened,is displayed on the console panel.
(Note that the emergency stop is activated disabling the operation unless the contact is closed
when this function is set to any of the terminal blocks.)
This item is for special adjustment. Normally, do not set this item.

No.

Item

Description of function
When this signal is turned on, the terminal block ([VFC66-Z TB1] (AIN1)) is selected as the
speed commanding place forcibly regardless of the setting of the speed command input(b-10). Even when the preset speed selection is input concurrently, this signal takes priority.

27

Speed/voltage command
terminal block selection

28

Operation command[forward rotation]*1(STARTF)

When "1" (Terminal block) is set to the Operation command input selection (b-11) and thissignal is set to "ON," the motor starts running.

29

Operation command[reverse rotation](STARTR)

When "1" (Terminal block) is set to the Operation command input selection (b-11) and thissignal is set to "ON," the motor starts running in reverse.

30

JOG command [forward
rotation](JOGF)

When "1" (Terminal block) is set to the JOG command input selection (b-12) and this signal isset to "ON," the motor jogs forward.

31

JOG command [reverse
rotation](JOGR)

When "1" (Terminal block) is set to the JOG command input selection (b-12) and this signal isset to "ON," the motor jogs in reverse.

32

Emergency stop
(Normally open)

33

Protection reset(RESET)* When an optional board is installed, the place is changed from the [VFC66-Z TB1] (AIN1)
terminal to the terminal block of the optional board ([optional board] (AIN2) terminal) forcibly
regardless of the setting of the digital communication option selection (J-00).
Note that the protection function of the communication option is not activated when thedigital communication option selection (J-00) is set to 0 (OFF).

This is an emergency stop signal through Normally open contact input. When the contact isshort circuited, VF66B (DC motor drive) urgently stops.
When the contact is closed,

is displayed on the console panel.

Setting this signal to "ON" during the protection operation will release the protection operation.

34 to 37 External signal input

When an external signal is input, the fact that a signal is input from external is sent to themaster via an optional board (communication).

*1: Do not set the operation command [forward rotation] (STARTF) because this function is usually assigned to the control
input terminal block [VFC66-Z TB1] (ST-F).

7.5. Area d (Acceleration/Deceleration Time Setting, Speed Jump Function, MRH Function
Setting Area)
Selections and settings of acceleration/deceleration time
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution

Initialized
data

Unit

d-00

Acceleration/deceleration time
selection

0: Acceleration/deceleration time (1)1: Acceleration/deceleration time (2)2: Acceleration/deceleration time (3)3: Acceleration/deceleration time (4)

-

0

-

d-01

JOG acceleration/deceleration time
selection

0: Acceleration/deceleration time (1)1: Acceleration/deceleration time (2)2: Acceleration/deceleration time (3)3: Acceleration/deceleration time (4)

-

1

-

d-02

Acceleration time (3)0.0 to 3600.0

0.1

30.0

sec

d-03

Deceleration time (3)0.0 to 3600.0

0.1

30.0

sec

d-04

Acceleration time (4)0.0 to 3600.0

0.1

30.0

sec

d-05

Deceleration time (4)0.0 to 3600.0

0.1

30.0

sec

d-06

S-pattern acceleration/deceleration
usage selectionoFF (Unused)on (Used)

-

oFF

-

d-07

S-pattern rise time (1)0.0 to 60.0

0.1

0.1

sec

d-08

S-pattern acceleration reach time (1)0.0 to 60.0

0.1

0.1

sec

d-09

S-pattern fall time (1)0.0 to 60.0

0.1

0.1

sec

d-10

S-pattern deceleration reach time (1)0.0 to 60.0

0.1

0.1

sec

71

Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution

Initialized
data

Unit

d-11

S-pattern rise time (2)0.0 to 60.0

0.1

0.1

sec

d-12

S-pattern acceleration reach time (2)0.0 to 60.0

0.1

0.1

sec

d-13

S-pattern fall time (2)0.0 to 60.0

0.1

0.1

sec

d-14

S-pattern deceleration reach time (2)0.0 to 60.0

0.1

0.1

sec

Acceleration/deceleration time selection (d-00) to JOG acceleration/deceleration time selection (d-01):
In acceleration/deceleration time selection (d-00) and JOG acceleration/deceleration time selection (d-01),
select acceleration/deceleration time settings to be used for the normal operation and JOG operation,
respectively. Incidentally, you can change the acceleration/deceleration time setting for the normal operation
using the multifunction input.
Acceleration/deceleration time
selection (d-00)
JOG acceleration/deceleration time
selection (d-01)
Selection with the multifunction
input terminal

Acceleration time

Deceleration time

0: Acceleration/deceleration time (1)Acceleration time (1) (3.Acc1)*1

Deceleration time (1) (4.dEc1)*1

1: Acceleration/deceleration time (2)Acceleration time (2) (5.Acc2)*1

Deceleration time (2) (6.dEc2)*1

2: Acceleration/deceleration time (3)Acceleration time (3) (d-02)

Deceleration time (3) (d-03)

3: Acceleration/deceleration time (4)Acceleration time (4) (d-04)

Deceleration time (4) (d-05)*1 The acceleration time (1) (3.Acc1), deceleration time (1) (4.dEc1), acceleration time (2) (5.Acc2), and deceleration
time (2) (6.dEc2) are items of the basic setting area.

Acceleration time (3) (d-02) to deceleration time (4) (d-05):
Set each acceleration/deceleration time for the acceleration time (3) (d-02), deceleration time (3) (d-03),
acceleration time (4) (d-04), and deceleration time (4) (d-05).
S-pattern acceleration/deceleration usage selection (d-06):
To use the s-pattern acceleration/deceleration, set the s-pattern acceleration/deceleration usage selection touse (d-06 = on).
S-pattern rise time (1) (d-07) to s-pattern deceleration reach time (2) (d-14):
The following table shows the relationship between the acceleration/deceleration time selection (d-00) andeach setting of s-pattern acceleration/deceleration.

72

Acceleration/deceleration time
selection (d-00)
JOG acceleration/deceleration time
selection (d-01)
Selection with the multifunction
input terminal

S-pattern
S-pattern rise time acceleration reachtime

S-pattern fall time

S-pattern
deceleration
reach time

0: Acceleration/deceleration time (1)S-pattern rise time S-pattern
S-pattern fall time(1)
acceleration reach (1)(d-07)
time (1)(d-09)(d-08)

S-pattern
deceleration
reach time (1)(d-10)

1: Acceleration/deceleration time (2)S-pattern rise time S-pattern
S-pattern fall time(2)
acceleration reach (2)(d-11)
time (2)(d-13)(d-12)

S-pattern
deceleration
reach time (2)(d-14)

2: Acceleration/deceleration time (3)[No function][No function][No function][No function]

3: Acceleration/deceleration time (4)[No function][No function][No function][No function]

When the acceleration/deceleration time (3) and (4) are selected, all the times of s-pattern
acceleration/deceleration are 0.0.
Each acceleration/deceleration time setting is the time of acceleration/deceleration between 0 and the
maximum speed setting and the time during the s-pattern curve. In addition, to use the s-pattern
acceleration/deceleration function, you need to set the s-pattern acceleration/deceleration usage selection touse (d-06 = on). Note that the s-pattern acceleration/deceleration is not performed even when time settings ofs-pattern acceleration/deceleration are set if the s-pattern acceleration/deceleration usage selection is set tounused (d-06 = oFF).
S-pattern
acceleration reachtime (d-8, 12)
Maximum rotation
speed (A-00)

S-pattern risingtime (d-07, 11)S-pattern deceleration reach time(d-10, 14)

S-pattern rising time(d-9, 13)

Acceleration time
(3.Acc1, 5.Acc2)

Deceleration time
(4.dEc1, 6.dEc2)

Time chart of acceleration/deceleration (s-pattern acceleration/deceleration)
Settings of preset operation speed command
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution

Initialized
data

Unit

d-15

Preset speed (1)- maximum speed (A-00)
to maximum speed (A-00)

1

0

r/min

d-16

Preset speed (2)- maximum speed (A-00)
to maximum speed (A-00)

1

0

r/min

d-17

Preset speed (3)- maximum speed (A-00)
to maximum speed (A-00)

1

0

r/min

d-18

Preset speed (4)- maximum speed (A-00)
to maximum speed (A-00)

1

0

r/min

d-19

Preset speed (5)- maximum speed (A-00)
to maximum speed (A-00)

1

0

r/min

73

Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution

Initialized
data

Unit

d-20

Preset speed (6)- maximum speed (A-00)
to maximum speed (A-00)

1

0

r/min

d-21

Preset speed (7)- maximum speed (A-00)
to maximum speed (A-00)

1

0

r/min

Preset speed (1) (d-15) to preset speed (7) (d-21):
These are speed command settings of preset operation functions selected by multifunction input signals. For
information on selection of the preset operation through the multifunction input function, refer to "6.4. Area c(Multifunction Input Related Setting Area) in Chapter 6" and "7.4. Area c (Multifunction Input Related SettingArea)" in Chapter 7.
Speed command jump function settings
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

Setting
resolution

Setting range (selecting item)

Initialized
data

Unit

d-22

Jump speed (1)0 to maximum speed (A-00)

1

0

r/min

d-23

Jump speed (2)0 to maximum speed (A-00)

1

0

r/min

d-24

Jump speed (3)0 to maximum speed (A-00)

1

0

r/min

d-25

Jump speed (4)0 to maximum speed (A-00)

1

0

r/min

d-26

Jump speed width

0 to 300

1

0

r/min

Jump speed (1) (d-22) to Jump speed width (d-26):
To avoid resonance point speed caused by load machines, use these functions to jump speed commands. As
shown in the figure below, they are jumped at each point with hysteresis characteristics. Speed commands,
which are input to the acceleration/deceleration control, will be jumped. Therefore, while the inverter isaccelerating or decelerating, they pass within the jump width at a slope depending on acceleration or
deceleration time settings.
Speed command

Speed commandd-22
to d-25

d-26

d-22
to d-25

d-26

d-22
to d-25d-22
to d-25d-22
to d-25

d-26

d-22
to d-25

d-26

d-26
d-26

Setting voltage (terminal block)[VFC66-Z TB1] (AIN1)

Setting voltage (terminal block)[VFC66-Z TB1] (AIN1)

Speed command jump function

74

When areas to be jumped overlap one anotherMRH (acceleration/deceleration by contact) mode settings
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

Setting
resolution

Setting range (selecting item)

Initialized
data

Unit

d-27

MRH function usage selectionoFF (Unused)on (Used)

-

OFF

-

d-28

MRH upper limit speed

MRH lower limit speed (d-29)
to maximum speed (A-00)

1

300

r/min

d-29

MRH lower limit speed- maximum speed (A-00)
to MRH upper limit speed (d-28)

1

0

r/min

MRH function usage selection (d-27) to MRH lower limit speed (d-29):
By using the MRH function usage selection (d-27 = on), you can control acceleration/deceleration throughcontacts (MRH mode). At this time, by setting the operation commanding place selection to terminal block
through the settings of the command input when coupled (b-09) and speed command input (b-10), you canspeed up/down through the multifunction input contact. For information on the multifunction input function,refer to "6.4. Area c (Multifunction Input Related Setting Area)" in Chapter 6 and "7.4. Area c (Multifunction
Input Related Setting Area)" in Chapter 7.
When an UP command is input, the speed is accelerated toward the MRH upper limit speed (d-28). When a
DOWN command is input, the speed is decelerated toward the MRH lower limit speed (d-29). When both of
UP and DOWN commands are not input or are input, the speed at that time is kept. However, if the speed isbeyond the MRH upper limit speed (d-28) or below the MRH lower limit speed (d-29), it isdecelerated/accelerated to the MRH upper limit speed (d-28) or MRH lower limit speed (d-29) automatically.
By setting a negative value to the MRH lower limit speed (d-29), you can operate in the forward and reverse
rotation through contacts.
Start

Start
Rotation sped up

Rotation speed up

Rotation speed down

Rotation speed down

d-28 (MRH rotation
speed upper limit)

d-28 (MRH rotation
speed upper limit)

d-29 (MRH rotation
lower limit speed)Motor speed
d-29 (MRH rotation
lower limit speed)Motor speed

When the setting of the MRH rotation
lower limit speed is positive(Minimum speed)

When the setting of the MRH rotation
lower limit speed is negative* When a signal of the multifunction input preset speed selection or the speed commanding terminal block selection is
input during MRH mode selection, the speed command of the multifunction input preset speed or the speedcommanding terminal block takes priority, respectively.
For information on selection of MRH mode through the multifunction input function, refer to "6.4. Area c (Multifunction
Input Related Setting Area)" in Chapter 6 and "7.4. Area c (Multifunction Input Related Setting Area)" in Chapter 7.

75

Settings of speed deviation limit function upon acceleration/deceleration
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution

Initialized
data

Unit

d-30

Speed deviation limiting command
selectionoFF (Without limiting command)on (With limiting command)

-

OFF

-

d-31

Maximum deviation (positive)

0.0 to 100.0

0.1

5.0

%

d-32

Maximum deviation (negative)-100.0 to 0.0

0.1

-5.0

%

Speed deviation limiting command selection (d-30) to maximum deviation (negative) (d-32):
When the speed deviation limiting command selection is set to use (d-30 = on), the outputs of the speed andthe acceleration/deceleration control are limited to the deviations of the maximum deviation (positive) (d-31)
and maximum deviation (negative) (d-32). This function prevents an abrupt acceleration due to a suddenchange in the load or power source voltage when the load is lightened suddenly or a similar situation arises ina state where the speed is reduced due to the torque limit during a speed control operation, allowing torestore the speed with the slope that is set with the acceleration/deceleration time. (Note that theacceleration/deceleration are restricted if you set a too small deviation.)
Incidentally, the settings of the maximum deviation (positive) (d-31) and maximum deviation (negative) (d-32)
become the maximum speed (A-00) when they are set to 100%.

7.6. Area E (Current Control Gain, Output Voltage Limit Related Setting Area)
Regeneration stall prevention function settings
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

E-00

Regeneration stall prevention function
usage selection

E-01

Regeneration stall prevention voltage

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution

InitializeddataoFF (Unused)on (Used)-oFF(200 V class) 320 to 360

1340(400V class) 640 to 720

1

680

Unit

V

Regeneration stall prevention function usage selection (E-00), regeneration stall prevention voltage (E-01):
When the DC voltage rises beyond the regeneration stall prevention voltage, this function limits the torquecommand toward regeneration (in the negative direction for forward rotation, and in the forward direction forreverse rotation) to zero and stops deceleration when decelerating to prevent the protective detection by the
VF66B (DC motor drive) input overvoltage protection (oV_i) action.
During deceleration, these functions can temporarily stop the deceleration to prevent the inverter from tripping
due to an overvoltage (oV) protection operation.
Consolepanel
monitordisplay
E-02

Contents[No function]*1*1: There is no function to be set.

76

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution--

Initialized
data
-

Unit

-

Motor rotation direction changeover setting
Consolepanel
monitordisplay
E-03

Contents

Forward direction change

Setting range (selecting item)oFF (Forward rotation)on (Reverse rotation)

Setting
resolution-

Initialized
data
oFF

Unit

-

Forward direction change (E-03):
By setting the forward direction change to reverse rotation (E-03 = on), you can reverse the direction of therotation of the motor without changing the input wiring. When the reverse rotation prohibition mode setting is
set to prohibit opposite direction (b-08 = 2) while the forward direction change is reverse rotation (E-03 = on),the forward rotation is prohibited.
Simulation mode setting
Consolepanel
monitordisplay
E-04

Contents

Simulation mode

Setting range (selecting item)oFF (Without simulation operation)on (With simulation operation)

Setting
resolution-

Initialized
data

oFF

Unit

-

Simulation mode (E-04):
By setting the simulation mode to simulation operation (E-04 = on), you can put VF66B (DC motor drive) tosimulation mode. In simulation mode, VF66B (DC motor drive) simulates operation mode without outputting
voltages. Since VF66B (DC motor drive) does not output anything during operation in simulation mode, you
can check the sequence connected to VF66B (DC motor drive) without operating the motor connected to
VF66B (DC motor drive).
Consolepanel
monitordisplay
E-05

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution--

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution[No function]*1

Initialized
data
-

Unit

-

*1: There is no function to be set.

Restart prohibition time
Consolepanel
monitordisplay
E-06

Contents

Restart prohibition time

100 to 999

1

Initialized
data

Unit

100

msec

Restart prohibition time (E-06):
Select the amount of time VF66B (DC motor drive) is prohibited from restarting. Normally, do not change its
Initialized data.
Current control gain adjustments
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution

Initialized
data

Unit

E-07

Current control proportion gain

10.0 to 200.0

0.1

100.0

%

E-08

Current control integral gain

10.0 to 500.0

0.1

100.0

%

Current control proportion gain (E-07), current control integral gain (E-08):
These functions adjust current control gain. Normally, do not change its Initialized data.
77

Consolepanel
monitordisplay
E-09

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution--

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution[No function]*1

Initialized
data
-

Unit
-

*1: There is no function to be set.
Consolepanel
monitordisplay
E-10

Contents[For special adjustment]oFF (Not compensated)on (Compensated)-

Initialized
data
oFF

Unit

-

Maximum output voltage settings
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)

E-11

Forward direction output maximum
voltage80.0 to 120.0

E-12

Reverse direction output maximum
voltage-120.0 to -80.0

Setting
resolution

Initialized
data

Unit

0.1

105.0

%

0.1

-105.0%Forward direction output maximum voltage (E-11), reverse direction output maximum voltage (E-12):
In these parameters, set the maximum voltages VF66B (DC motor drive) can output. When a voltage
command is larger than these setting values, the voltage command is limited to one of the setting values.
When voltage commands are limited to the setting value for 500 ms continuously, protective detection is
performed by VF66B (DC motor drive) output overvoltage protection (oV_o) operation.
Incidentally, the forward direction output maximum voltage (E-11) and reverse direction output maximum
voltage (E-12) become the rated motor armature voltage (A-03) when they are set to 100%.
Setting of limit width of the voltage corresponding to the speed
Consolepanel
monitordisplay
E-13

Contents
Limit width of the voltage
corresponding to the speed

Setting range (selecting item)

5 to 120

Setting
resolution
1

Initialized
data

Unit

30

V

Limit width of the voltage corresponding to the speed (E-13):
When the operation mode selection is speed control (ASR) mode, speed control (ASR) and armature current
control (ACR) with priority to reverse direction, or speed control (ASR) and armature current control (ACR)with priority to forward direction (i-07 = 0 to 2), this function compares the voltage equivalent to the speed
detected by PG mounted on the motor with the armature voltage command, and when the armature voltage
command exceeds the value calculated by adding the voltage equivalent to the speed and the limit width ofthe voltage corresponding to the speed (E-13), this function limits the armature voltage command to the value
calculated by adding the voltage equivalent to the speed and the limit width of the voltage corresponding to
the speed (E-13). When armature voltage commands are limited to the value calculated by adding the voltage
equivalent to the speed and the limit width of the voltage corresponding to the speed (E-13) for 100 ms
continuously, protective detection is performed by PG error protection (PEr) operation.

78

Consolepanel
monitordisplay
E-14

Contents[For special adjustment]

Setting range (selecting item)
10.0 to 200.0

Setting
resolution
0.1

Initialized
data

Unit

100.0

%

Initialized
data

Unit

Armature current detection DCCT selection setting
Consolepanel
monitordisplay
E-15

Contents

Armature current detection DCCT
selection

Setting range (selecting item)
0: Auto1: P-side DCCT
2: N-side DCCT

Setting
resolution

-

0

-

Armature current detection DCCT selection (E-15):
In this parameter, set the DCCT to detect the armature current. When the armature current detection DCCT
selection is set to auto (E-15 = 0), this function selects a DCCT among DCCTs on the P side and N sidewhichever its deviation from the armature current command is smaller.
Output voltage upon rated speed
Consolepanel
monitordisplay
E-16

Contents

Output voltage upon rated speed

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution

Initialized
data

Unit

(200 V class) 70 to 230

1

220

V

(400V class) 140 to 460

1

440

V

Output voltage upon rated speed (E-16):
In this parameter, set the voltage to be output upon the rated speed viewing the output voltage (Vout) on the
console panel (SET66-Z). This setting is used as the reference voltage for the voltage corresponding to the
speed that is used for the PG error protection (PEr) detection.
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

E-17 to 18 [No function]*1

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution--

Initialized
data
-

Unit
-

*1: There is no function to be set.

79

7.7. Area F (Built-in DB (Dynamic Braking) Operation, Protection Function, Traceback
Setting Area)
Built-in DB (Dynamic Braking) operation level setting
Consolepanel
monitordisplay
F-00

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)

Built-in DB (Dynamic Braking)operation level

Setting
resolution

Initialized
data

Unit

(200 V class) 320.0 to 360.0

0.1

340.0

V

(400V class) 640.0 to 720.0

0.1

680.0

V

Built-in DB (Dynamic Braking) operation level (F-00):
A transistor for DB (Dynamic Braking) is incorporated in VF66B-2R222 to 2222 (200 V class) and
VF66B-2R244 to 2244 (400 V class) allowing to perform the dynamic braking by connecting a DB (Dynamic
Braking) resistor and thermal relay between main circuit terminal blocks [+2] and [B] using a screwdriver  or
one of six point box-end wrenches M4 to M12. In the built-in DB (Dynamic Braking) operation level (F-00)
setting, set the operation level of this built-in DB (Dynamic Braking) transistor. When the DC voltage rises
beyond this setting, the built-in DB (Dynamic Braking) transistor is turned on. When the DC voltage falls below
this setting, the built-in DB (Dynamic Braking) transistor is turned off. Usually, leave this setting at the initialvalue. When the power source voltage is high causing the built-in DB (Dynamic Braking) transistor to beturned on even in other than brake mode, set a higher value.
* When using this function in combination with a sine wave converter (VF61R, VF64R), set this setting to 360 V (200 V
class) or 720 V (400 V class).

Over speed protection settings
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution

Initialized
data

Unit

F-01

Forward overspeed protection setting

0.0 to 150.0

0.1

105.0

%

F-02

Reverse overspeed protection setting-150.0 to 0.0

0.1-105.0%Forward overspeed protection setting (F-01), reverse overspeed protection setting (F-02):
In these parameters, set the ratio to the maximum speed (%).
When the motor speed exceeds the forward overspeed protection setting (F-01) or reverse overspeed
protection setting (F-02), the overspeed protection function (oS) activates to perform protective detection. Set
for forward and reverse individually. (When you change the maximum speed (A-00), also change thesesettings.) Incidentally, these settings become the maximum speed (A-00) when set to 100%.

Warning [Overspeed protection setting]In the forward overspeed protection setting (F-01) and reverse overspeed protection setting (F-02),
do not set a value significantly exceeding the rated motor speed.
It may result in a risk of serious accidents.
Overload protection setting
Consolepanel
monitordisplay
F-03

80

Contents
Overload protection setting

Setting range (selecting item)
20 to 110

Setting
resolution
1

Initialized
data

Unit

100

%

Overload protection setting (F-03):
In this parameter, set a reference current value for the overload protection assuming that the rated motor
armature current (A-04) or VF66B (DC motor drive) output allowable current whichever is smaller is 100%.
When an rms of VF66B (DC motor drive) output current exceeds 105% of this reference current, this isconsidered as an overload situation, and the overload protection counter starts. As shown in the figure, anoverload protection (oL) will be activated according to the 150% - 60 sec characteristic curve.
oL protection operation time (sec)oL operation time
＝ 2700/(output current (percentage toreference current) - 105)

400

200

* The overload protection counter can be monitored via
the console panel (SET66-Z).
The overload counter performs counting over time inthe overload situation. When it reaches 100%, theoverload protection is activated to perform protective
detection.
You can also use an overload pre-alarm function to
output signals when the overload counter exceeds adesired point. (Refer to "6.9. Area H" in Chapter 6
and "7.9. Area H" in Chapter 7.)

60
105

150
Rms output current(Percentage to reference current(A-04×F-03/100))%

Overload protection (oL) operation time
Cumulative operation timer setting
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution

Initialized
data

Unit

F-04

Cumulative operation timer (1)(Main circuit capacitor life)

0 to 65535

1

43800

Hr

F-05

Cumulative operation timer (2)(Cooling fan life)

0 to 65535

1

21900

Hr

Cumulative operation time is cumulative operation timer (1) (F-04), cumulative operation timer (2) (F-05):
VF66B (DC motor drive) counts cumulative operation time in hour. When the cumulative operation timeexceeds one of the setting values of the cumulative operation timer (1) (F-04) and cooling operation timer (2)(F-05), the "ALM" LED on the console panel (SET66-Z) turns on. Use this as a guideline for maintenance andinspection of VF66B (DC motor drive).
When the cumulative operation timers are not changed from the initialized data, the cumulative operation
timer (1) (F-04) and cumulative operation timer (2) (F-05) represent the approximate lives of the capacitor andthe cooling fan, respectively.
When the value of the timer remaining time 1 of the monitor display item becomes 0 or less, this indicates that
it is time to replace the capacitor and that replacement of the capacitor is recommended.
When the value of the timer remaining time 2 becomes 0 or less, this indicates that it is time to replace thecooling fan and that replacement of the cooling fan is recommended.
Motor overheating protection setting
Consolepanel
monitordisplay
F-06

Contents

Motor overheat protection operation
selection

Setting range (selecting item)oFF (Without protection operation)on (With protection operation)

Setting
resolution-

Initialized
data

oFF

Unit

-

81

Motor overheat protection operation selection (F-06):
Select whether motor overheat protection is enabled or not.
Using this function requires <TVPT66-Z> or <TVTH66-Z> and the motor temperature sensor.
When <F-06> is set to "ON," the inverter trips in the following conditions:
・Motor temperature exceeds a setting of the Motor_protect_temperature <G-17>.
Setting of protection relay (86A) operation upon power failure
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)

Protection_relay(86A)_operation_selec oFF (Without protection operation)
tion_upon_power_failureon (With protection operation)

F-07

Setting
resolution

Initialized
data

-

oFF

Unit

-

Protection relay (86A) operation selection upon power failure (F-07):
Select a protection relay (86A) operation when VF66B (DC motor drive) detects power failure.
・When the protection relay (86A) operation selection upon power failure is set to protection relay inactive(F-07 = oFF)
Even if VF66B (DC motor drive) detects power failure, a protection relay (86A) will not be activated. An
operation command (or JOG command, DC brake command) is only set to "OFF" after the power isrestored, and power failure is reset. When the Instantaneous power interruption restart (b-07) is set to "ON,"after the power is restored, power failure is automatically reset to restart VF66B (DC motor drive).
・When the protection relay (86A) operation selection upon power failure is set to protection relay active(F-07 = on)
When VF66B (DC motor drive) detects power failure, the protection relay (86A) will be activated and VF66B(DC motor drive) will trip. In this case, like other protection operations, you should perform protection reset
using reset terminals or the [STOP/RESET] key. Even when the Instantaneous power interruption restart(b-07) is set to "ON," VF66B (DC motor drive) does not automatically restart.

Warning [About instantaneous power interruption restart]


If the Instantaneous power interruption restart (b-07) is set to "ON," the motor automatically restarts when the
power is restored after instantaneous power interruption is detected. Therefore, do not come close to the motor
while instantaneous power interruption is being detected.
Otherwise, you may be injured.

Protection retry function setting
Consolepanel
monitordisplay
F-08

82

Contents

Protection retry count setting

Setting range (selecting item)

0 to 5

Setting
resolution
1

Initialized
data

Unit

0

times

Protection retry count setting (F-08):
When a protection operation occurs, this function executes "auto protection reset" and "auto restart" thenumber of times which is specified in the Protection retry count setting (F-08). It executes auto reset in one
second after the protection operation occurs, and then it executes auto restart.
When another protection operation occurs within ten seconds after restart, the inverter increases a value ofthe retry counter by one. When the value is below a setting value of the Protection retry count setting (F-08),
VF66B (DC motor drive) resets the protection operation again to restart. When a protection operation does
not occur in ten seconds after auto restart, VF66B (DC motor drive) considers it as a successful retry andclears the retry counter.
* The protection retry is available for protection operations of overvoltage, overspeed, power failure (when 86A is turnedon), external failure (protection relay 86A activated), and option error only. The retry against other protections is
prohibited for safety reasons.

External failure detection delay time setting
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution

Initialized
data

Unit

F-09

External failure(1) detection delay time

0.0 to 30.0

0.1

0.0

sec

F-10

External failure(2) detection delay time

0.0 to 30.0

0.1

0.0

sec

F-11

External failure(3) detection delay time

0.0 to 30.0

0.1

0.0

sec

F-12

External failure(4) detection delay time

0.0 to 30.0

0.1

0.0

sec

External failure 1 detection delay time (F-09) to external failure 4 detection delay time (F-12):
Time required to detect external failure signals can be delayed during the amount of time specified in theExternal failure(1) through (4) detection delay time ((F-09) through (F-12)).
These are used to adjust detection sensitivity of external failure signals.
Traceback function settings
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution

Initialized
data

Unit

F-13

Traceback pitch

0 to 100

1

1

msec

F-14

Traceback trigger point

1 to 99

1

80

-

F-15

Traceback CH1 selection

0 to 12

1

0

-

F-16

Traceback CH2 selection

0 to 12

1

0

-

F-17

Traceback CH3 selection

0 to 12

1

0

-

F-18

Traceback CH4 selection

0 to 12

1

0

-

F-19

Traceback CH5 selection

0 to 12

1

0

-

F-20

Traceback CH6 selection

0 to 12

1

0

-

F-21

Traceback CH7 selection

0 to 12

1

0

-

F-22

Traceback CH8 selection

0 to 12

1

0

-

F-23

Traceback CH9 selection

0 to 12

1

0

-

F-24

Traceback CH10 selection

0 to 12

1

0

-

F-25

Traceback CH11 selection

0 to 12

1

0

-

F-26

Traceback CH12 selection

0 to 12

1

0

-

83

Traceback pitch (F-13) to Traceback CH12 selection (F-26):
VF66B (DC motor drive) is equipped with an internal traceback function which can store, read out, andanalyze control data such as current and voltage during protection operations to rapidly restore it.
・Traceback pitch (F-13)
Set an interval of traceback.

Tracebackdata・Traceback trigger point (F-14)
Set a traceback trigger point.
・Traceback CH1 to CH12 selection(F-15 to F-26)
Select whether the each channel oftraceback is used as VF66B (DC motor
drive) internal data or a variable of theinternal PLC function.

Trigger point0

Traceback trigger point setting* The traceback pitch and traceback point should be
set before traceback data of protection operations
and others is captured.
Settings of
F-15 to F-26

100

F-14

0

1 to 12

Recorded datach1

[For special adjustment]

ch2

Armature current (positiveside DCCT detection)ch3

Armature current (negativeside DCCT detection)

ch4

Direct-current voltage

Recorded
data

Dimension
2357/rated current of VF66B(DC motor drive)

10/1 V (200 V class)
5/1 V (400 V class)ch5

Output voltage

20/1 V (200 V class)

ch6

Speed

20000/maximum speed

ch7

Speed command (after
acceleration/deceleration
control)ch8

Armature current command

ch9[For special adjustment]

ch10

Armature current

ch11[No function]

ch12Motor temperature

PLC output
RAM(1 through 12)(Settings of
F-15 to F-26
become theselection of
output RAM.)

Dimension
20000/100%

10/1 V (400 V class)

Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

F-27 to 29 [No function]*1*1: There is no function to be set.

84

5000/rated current of VF66B(DC motor drive)
10000/rated current of VF66B(DC motor drive)
10/1 °C

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution--

Initialized
data
-

Unit
-

Speed control error protection settings
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution

Initialized
data

Unit

F-30

Speed control error function usage
selectionoFF (Without protection operation)on (With protection operation)

-

oFF

-

F-31

Speed control error detection speed
width (positive)

2.0 to 30.0

0.1

5.0

%

F-32

Speed control error detection speed
width (negative)-30.0 to -2.0

0.1

-5.0

%

Speed control error function usage selection (F-30):
In the Speed control error function usage selection (F-30), you can select whether speed control error
protection is enabled or not.
Speed control error detection speed width (positive) (F-31), speed control error detection speed width(negative) (F-32):
The speed control error detection speed width (positive) (F-31) and speed control error detection speed width(negative) (F-32) become the maximum speed (A-00) when set to 100%.
・When the speed control error function usage selection is set to function active (F-30 = on)
The speed deviation is acquired with the following expression:
Speed deviation = speed command - speed
When the speed deviation > (maximum speed (A-00) x speed control error detection speed width(positive) (F-31) (%))
orthe speed deviation < (maximum speed (A-00) x speed control error detection speed width (negative)(F-32) (%)),
a speed control error (SPdE) occurs and protection detection is performed.
This is activated when the speed controller or PG is abnormal or the speed is reduced due to the load
current exceeding the current limit.
When the operation mode selection is speed control (i-07 = 1), the speed command is a speed command
selected in the speed command input (b-10). Otherwise, the speed command is the input from analog
input (1) [VFC66-Z TB1] (AIN1) (0 to ±10 V voltage input, 0 to +10 V voltage input).
・When the speed control error function usage selection is set to function inactive (F-30 = oFF)
A speed control error does not occur.

7.8. Area G (Analog Input/Output Setting Area)
Temperature detection selection
Consolepanel
monitordisplay
G-00

Contents

Temperature detection selection

Setting range (selecting item)
0: None
1: Thermistor (TVTH66-Z option)
2: pt100 [thermocouple] (TVPT66-Z option)

Setting
resolution-

Initialized
data

0

Unit

-

Temperature detection selection (G-00):
Select a motor temperature detector installed on the motor.
・No temperature detection selection (G-00 = 0)Temperature is not detected.

85

・Thermistor (G-00 = 1)
TVTH66-Z is used.
・pt100 [thermocouple] (G-00 = 2)
TVPT66-Z is used.
* For more information about motor temperature detection options TVTH66-Z and TVPT66-Z, refer to their manuals.

Motor temperature detection adjustments(when using TVTH66-Z or TVPT66-Z option)
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution

Initialized
data

Unit

G-01

Temperature detection offset
adjustment-20.0 to 20.0

0.1

0.0

%

G-02

Temperature detection gain adjustment 50.0 to 150.0

0.1

100.0

%

Temperature detection offset adjustment (G-01), temperature detection gain adjustment (G-02):
Adjust offset and gain of temperature detected by the motor temperature compensation optional board(TVTH66-Z) or (TVPT66-Z). *For details, refer to the "Instruction Manual" of each option.
Analog input (2) characteristics selection ([optional board] (AIN2))
Consolepanel
monitordisplay
G-03

Contents

Analog input (2) characteristics
selection

Setting range (selecting item)
0: 0 to ±10 V (bipolarity)
1: 0 to 10 V (unipolarity)
2: 4 to 20 mA

Setting
resolution

Initialized
data

-

Unit

1

-

Analog input (2) characteristics selection (G-03):
In this parameter, select the type of input characteristics of [option] (AIN2). * For more information, refer to the
Optional Instruction Manual.
Analog input (2) limit settings ([optional board] (AIN2))
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolutionInitialized
data

Unit

G-04

Analog input (2) upper limit speed

Absolute value of analog input (2) lower
limit speed (G-05)
to 100.0

0.1

100.0

%

G-05

Analog input (2) lower limit speed-analog input (2) upper limit speed(G-04)
to analog input (2) upper limit speed(G-04)

0.1

0.0

%

Analog input (2) upper limit speed (G-04), analog input (2) lower limit speed (G-05):
In these parameters, set the upper and lower limits of the speed as a percentage to the maximum speed(A-00) for when inputting the analog input that is set to the analog input (2) characteristics selection (G-03) toanalog input (2) of [optional board] (AIN2) as a speed command.
For forward rotation, the speed of the motor is limited to the speed that is set to the analog input (2)upper limit speed (G-04) even when a speed command beyond it is input to analog input (2) of[optional board] (AIN2).

For reverse rotation, the speed of the motor is limited to the analog input (2) lower limit speed (G-05).
* For more information, refer to the Optional Instruction Manual.

86Analog input (3) characteristics selection ([optional board] (AIN3))
Consolepanel
monitordisplay
G-06

Contents

Analog input (3) characteristics
selection

Setting range (selecting item)
0: 0 to ±10 V (bipolarity)
1: 0 to 10 V (unipolarity)
2: [No function]
3: Pulse train (0 to 150 kHz)

Setting
resolution-

Initialized
data

1

Unit

-

Analog input (3) characteristics selection (G-06):
In this parameter, select the type of input characteristics of [option board] (AIN3). * For more information, referto the Optional Instruction Manual.
Analog input (3) limit settings ([optional board] (AIN3))
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution

Initialized
data

Unit

G-07

Analog input (3) upper limit speed

Absolute value of analog input (3) lower limit
speed (G-08)
to 100.0

0.1

100.0

%

G-08

Analog input (3) lower limit speed-analog input (3) upper limit speed (G-07)
to analog input (3) upper limit speed (G-07)

0.1

0.0

%

Analog input (3) upper limit speed (G-07), analog input (3) lower limit speed (G-08):
In these parameters, set the upper and lower limits of the speed of the motor as a percentage to the maximum
speed (A-00) for when inputting the analog input that is set to the analog input (3) characteristics selection(G-06) to [optional board] (AIN3) as a motor speed command. * For more information, refer to the Optional
Instruction Manual.
Analog output (2) characteristics selection ([optional board] (AOT2))
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

G-09

Contents

Analog output (2) characteristics
selection

Setting range (selecting item)
0: Output voltage
1: Output current
2: Armature current command
3: Speed
4: Speed command
5: Internal PLC function
6: Calibration
7: Internal monitor
8: [For special adjustment]

Setting
resolution-

Initialized
data

1

Unit

-

87

Analog output (2) characteristics selection (G-09):
In this parameter, select the type of output characteristics of [option board] (AOT2). * For more information,refer to the Optional Instruction Manual.
Analog output (3) characteristics selection ([optional board] (AOT3))
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

G-10

Contents

Analog output (3) characteristics
selection

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution

0: Output voltage
1: Output current
2: Armature current command
3: Speed
4: Speed command
5: Internal PLC function
6: Calibration
7: Internal monitor
8: [For special adjustment]
9: Output voltage (4 to 20 mA)
10: Output current (4 to 20 mA)
11: Armature current command (4 to 20 mA)
12: Speed (4 to 20 mA)
13: Speed command (4 to 20 mA)
14: Internal PLC function (4 to 20 mA)
15: Calibration (4 to 20 mA)-

Initialized
data

1

Unit

-

Analog output (3) characteristics selection (G-10):
In this parameter, select the type of output characteristics of [option board] (AOT3). * For more information,refer to the Optional Instruction Manual.
Analog input (4) characteristics selection ([optional board] (AIN4))
Consolepanel
monitordisplay
G-11

Contents

Analog input (4) characteristics
selection

Setting range (selecting item)
0: 0 to ±10 V (bipolarity)
1: 0 to 10 V (unipolarity)
2: 4 to 20 mA

Setting
resolution-

Initialized
data

1

Unit

-

Analog input (4) characteristics selection (G-11):
In this parameter, select the type of input characteristics of [option] (AIN4). * For more information, refer to the
Optional Instruction Manual.
Analog input (5) characteristics selection ([optional board] (AIN5))
Consolepanel
monitordisplay
G-12

Contents

Analog input (5) characteristics
selection

Setting range (selecting item)
0: 0 to ±10 V (bipolarity)
1: 0 to 10 V (unipolarity)
2: [No function]
3: Pulse train (0 to 150 kHz)

Setting
resolution-

Initialized
data

1

Unit

-

Analog input (5) characteristics selection (G-12):
In this parameter, select the type of input characteristics of [option board] (AIN5). * For more information, referto the Optional Instruction Manual.

88Analog output (4) characteristics selection ([optional board] (AOT4))
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

G-13

Contents

Analog output (4) characteristics
selection

Setting range (selecting item)
0: Output voltage
1: Output current
2: Armature current command
3: Speed
4: Speed command
5: Internal PLC function
6: Calibration
7: Internal monitor
8: [For special adjustment]

Setting
resolution-

Initialized
data

1

Unit

-

Analog output (4) characteristics selection (G-13):
In this parameter, select the type of output characteristics of [option board] (AOT4). * For more information,refer to the Optional Instruction Manual.
Analog output (5) characteristics selection ([optional board] (AOT5))
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

G-14

Contents

Analog output (5) characteristics
selection

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution

0: Output voltage
1: Output current
2: Armature current command
3: Speed
4: Speed command
5: Internal PLC function
6: Calibration
7: Internal monitor
8: [For special adjustment]
9: Output voltage (4 to 20 mA)
10: Output current (4 to 20 mA)
11: Armature current command (4 to 20 mA)
12: Speed (4 to 20 mA)
13: Speed command (4 to 20 mA)
14: Internal PLC function (4 to 20 mA)
15: Calibration (4 to 20 mA)-

Initialized
data

1

Unit

-

Analog output (5) characteristics selection (G-14):
In this parameter, select the type of output characteristics of [option board] (AOT5). * For more information,refer to the Optional Instruction Manual.
Line speed setting
Consolepanel
monitordisplay
G-15

Contents
Line speed monitor adjustment

Setting range (selecting item)
0.0 to 2000.0

Setting
resolution
0.1

Initialized
data
0.0

Unit
-

Line speed monitor adjustment (G-15):
Adjust the amount of gain of the monitor item (Line speed) displayed on the console (SET66-Z).
Set the line speed at the time when a value of the Maximum speed (A-00) is reached.
A value displayed in the line speed monitor is calculated in the following formula:
Monitor speed x Line speed monitor adjustment (G-15)/Maximum speed (A-00)

89Analog input monitor display selection
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

G-16

Contents

Analog input monitor display selection

Setting range (selecting item)
1: Analog input (1) [VFC66-Z TB1] (AIN1)
2: Analog input (2) [optional board] (AIN2)
3: Analog input (3) [optional board] (AIN3)
4: Analog input (4) [optional board] (AIN4)
5: Analog input (5) [optional board] (AIN5)

Setting
resolution

Initialized
data

-

1

Analog input monitor display selection (G-16):
In this parameter, set the channel of the analog input to be displayed in "Analog input voltage
the monitor item of the console panel (SET66-Z).

Unit

-

" in

・Analog input (1) [AIN1] (G-16 = 1):
In "Vin," displays the voltage value that is input to analog input (1) of [VFC66-Z TB1] (AIN1).
・Analog input (2) [AIN2] (G-16 = 2):
In "Vin," displays the voltage value that is input to analog input (2) of [option board] (AIN2).
・Analog input (3) [AIN3] (G-16 = 3):
In "Vin," displays the voltage value that is input to analog input (3) of [option board] (AIN3).
・Analog input (4) [AIN4] (G-16 = 4):
In "Vin," displays the voltage value that is input to analog input (4) of [option board] (AIN4).
・Analog input (5) [AIN5] (G-16 = 5):
In "Vin," displays the voltage value that is input to analog input (5) of [option board] (AIN5).
Motor protection temperature
Consolepanel
monitordisplay
G-17

Contents
Motor protection temperature

Setting range (selecting item)
150 to 180

Setting
resolution
1

Initialized
data

Unit

150

°C

Motor temperature protection (G-17):This setting is enabled when the temperature detection option <TVPT66-Z> or <TVTH66-Z> is installed.
When the motor overheat protection operation selection <F-06> is set to "ON" , set a temperature foractivating the motor overheat protection.
Normally, do not change its Initialized data of 150 ℃.

90

7.9. Area H (Multifunction Output Setting Area)
Multifunction output setting item
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)

H-00

Multifunction output terminal (1)function selection

0: [No function]
1: Speed detection (1)(speed is equal to the detection setting)
2: Speed detection (1)(speed is more than or equal to thedetection setting)
3: Speed detection (1)(speed is less than or equal to thedetection setting)
4: Speed detection (2)(speed is equal to the detection setting)
5: Speed detection (2)(speed is more than or equal to thedetection setting)
6: Speed detection (2)(speed is less than or equal to thedetection setting)
7: Specified value reached
8: Armature current detection (polarized)
9: Armature current detection(absolute value)
10: During power failure
11: Overload pre-alarm
12: During retrying
13: During reversing
14: Protection code
15: [No function]
16: In operation
17: [No function]
18: Timer 1 elapsed
19: Timer 2 elapsed
20: Second setting block selected
21: Cooling fan failure
22: External DB (dynamic braking) unit failure

H-01

Multifunction output terminal (2)function selection

H-02

Multifunction output terminal (3)function selection

H-03

Multifunction output terminal (4)function selection

H-04

Multifunction output terminal (5)function selection

H-05

Multifunction output terminal (6)function selection

H-06

Speed detection (1)- Maximum speed (A-00) to maximum speed(A-00)

H-07

Speed detection (2)H-08

Setting
resolution

Initialized
data

Unit

-

7

-

-

1

-

-

0

-

-

8

-

-

2

-

-

3

-

1

0

r/min

- Maximum speed (A-00) to maximum speed(A-00)

1

0

r/min

Speed detection width

0 to 600

1

0

r/min

H-09

Armature current detection (withpolarity)-205 to 205

1

0

%

H-10

Armature current detection (absolutevalue)

0 to 205

1

0

%

H-11

Overload protection pre-alarm
operation level setting

0 to 100

1

50

%

H-12

Maximum speed/voltage reduction rate 50.0 to 100.0

0.1

90.0

%

Multifunction output terminal (1) function selection (H-01) to multifunction output terminal (5) (H-05):
Figure below shows typical connection methods for multifunction output terminals (1) to (2) of [VFC66-Z TB1]
(MO1, MO2). Multifunction output terminals (1) to (2) of [VFC66-Z TB1] (MO1, MO2) are set as an output
terminal block for functions of multifunction output configured at multifunction output terminal (1) function
selection to multifunction output terminal (2) function selection (H-01 to H-02). The multifunction output
terminal is transistor open collector output and requires an external direct current power source when used. In
addition, the maximum allowable voltage is 24 V, maximum allowable current per terminal is 20 mA.
Note that multifunction output terminals (3) to (6) ([optional board] (MO3 to 6)) are optional. For details, referto the Optional Instruction Manual. For details of multifunction output function, refer to "Multifunction output
terminal function description list" described later.
91

* Note that if the internal PLC (low speed operation PLCL) function usage selection is "on (use, i-00=on)", [VFC66-Z](MO1、MO2) and [optional board] (MO3 to MO6) become output terminals from the internal PLC (low speed operation
PLCL) function. Also, output for each function of the multifunction output function below can be used as input to theinternal PLC (low speed operation PLCL) function.

Speed detection (1) (H-06) to maximum speed/voltage reducing rate (H-12):
Items related to the multifunction output terminal. For details, refer to "Multifunction output terminal function
description list" described later.
Multifunction Output Terminal (1) Connection
PLC input unit

ＴＢ１

PLC input unit

P

P

MO1

MO1

MO2

MO2

COM
Power supply(+24 V Max)

ＴＢ１

COM
Power supply(+24 V Max)

VFC66-Z

VFC66-Z

2. Connection with PLC (sync mode)
1. Connection with PLC (source mode)
ＴＢ１

P
+

+

R

MO1

R

MO2
COM

Power supply(+24 V Max)

VFC66-Z

3. Connection with relay

Warning [Safety notice]92

Be sure to turn off the VF66B (DC motor drive) before connecting terminals.
Otherwise, it can result in a risk of electric shock.
Close the front cover before turning on the power.
Otherwise, it can result in a risk of electric shock.

Multifunction Output Terminal Function Description List
No.

Item

Function description
When the speed corresponds to the speed detection (1) (2) (H-06, H-07) setting within
the ± speed detection width (H-08), the output is turned on.
The hysteresis width of 0.2% of the maximum speed (A-00) is provided for the
output.
* "Top" in the figure indicates the maximum speed (A-00).
Speed detection (1) output

1, 4

Speed detection (1) (2)(speed is equal to thedetection setting)Speed detection (2) output

Speed detection (1)(H-06)

Speed detection width (H-08)

Hysteresis width 0.2%/Top
Speed detection (2)(H-07)

Speed

When the speed exceeds the speed detection (1) (2) (H-06, H-07), the output isturned on.
(The speed is detected using a signed value instead of an absolute value.)
Speed detection (1) output

2, 5

Speed detection (1) (2)(speed is more than orequal to the detection
setting)

Speed detection (2) output

Speed detection (1) (H-06)
Hysteresis width 0.1%/Top
Speed detection (2) (H-07)

Speed

When the speed is less than the speed detection (1) (2) (H-06, H-07), the output isturned on.
(The speed is detected using a signed value instead of an absolute value.)
Speed detection (1) output

3, 6

Speed detection (1) (2)(speed is less than orequal to the detection
setting)

Speed detection (2) output

Speed detection (1)(H-06)
Hysteresis width 0.1%/Top
Speed detection (2)(H-07)

Speed

When the speed reaches ±0.1% of the speed command value, the output is turnedon.
Operation command
Output when specified value reached

7

Specified value reached

Speed command

0.4%/Top
0.1%/Top

Revolving speed setting

Speed

93

No.

Item

Function description
When the armature current command exceeds the armature current detection (withpolarity) (H-09) setting, the output is turned on.
Armature current detection output

8

Armature current
detection (polarized)
Armature current detection(with polarity)(H-09)

Output armature current

When the absolute value of armature current command exceeds the armature
current detection (absolute value) (H-10) setting, the output is turned on.
Armature current detection output

9

Armature current
detection (absolutevalue)

Armature current detection(absolute value)(H-10)
Output armature current
Armature current detection(absolute value)(H-10) x (-1)

When the input direct-current voltage becomes lower than the rated motor armature
voltage (A-03), the output is turned on. The output is turned off if rated motor
armature voltage (A-03) + 10 V or more is achieved for 200 V class, or rated motor
armature voltage (A-03) + 20 V or more is achieved for 400 V class.
Note that the output is turned off if the VFC66-Z power source is removed.
10

During power failure

Output during power failure

Input direct current voltage
Motor rated voltage (A-03) + 10 V (200 V class)Motor rated voltage (A-03) + 20 V (400 V class)Motor rated voltage (A-03)

11

Overload pre-alarm

When an overload condition described in the section of the Overload protection
setting (F-03) occurs and a value of the overload counter exceeds a level specified in
the Overload protection pre-alarm operation level setting (H-11), output is enabled.
A count value for activating overload protection (overtorque protection) shall be
100 %. (Suppose that the overload protection is set to be activated in a condition
where 150 % of current is output for 60 seconds and that 50 % is set to the Overload
protection pre-alarm operation level setting (H-11). In this case, when 150 % of
current is output for 30 seconds (i.e., 50 % of 60 seconds of the overload protection
activation time), output is enabled.)
86 A (failure) relay
OL activation time x H-11/100

Overload pre-alarm output

Rated current value
Output current(effective value)94

OL activation time

No.

Item

12

During retrying

13

During reversing

Function description
For ten seconds after the protection retry operation, output is enabled. For details ofprotection operation retry, refer to "6.7. Area F" in Chapter 6 and "7.7. Area F" in
Chapter 7.
When the motor is running in reverse, output is enabled. (The hysteresis of 12 r/min
is provided in the vicinity of 0 speed to prevent chattering.)
When a failure occurs or a protection operation is activated, this function uses four
multifunction output terminals to output a code corresponding to the activatedprotection. (Unlike other functions, this function requires four multifunction output
terminals and you should set "Protection operation code" to all of them.)
The list below shows output codes.
<Output code list>

14

Protection operation
code

Contents

MO1 MO2 MO3 MO4 Contents

MO1 MO2 MO3 MO4Overcurrent
protection

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

Speed
control error ON

ON

ON

OFF

IGBT
protection
operation

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

PG error

ON

ON

ON

OFF

GAC
abnormality

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

Memoryabnormality

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

Inverteroverheatprotection

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

Optional
error

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

Charging
resistanceoverheatprotection

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

CPU
abnormality
handling

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

VF66B (DCmotor drive)
input direct
current
overvoltage

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

Communicat
ion timeout ON
error

OFF

OFF

ON

VF66B (DCmotor drive)
output direct
current
overvoltage

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

Insufficient
voltage

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

Overload
protection

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

Setting error ON

ON

OFF

ON

Loss of fieldsystem

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

External
failure 1

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

Field system
overcurrent

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

External
failure 2

ON

OFF

ON

ON

Motor
overheatprotection

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

External
failure 3

OFF

ON

ON

ON

Start traffic

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

External
failure 4

ON

ON

ON

ON

Overspeedprotection

ON

ON

ON

OFF

95

No.

Item

Function description

15[No function]

16

In operation17[No function]

18

Timer 1 elapsed

When cumulative operation time exceeds a value specified in the Cumulative
operation timer(1) (F-04), output is enabled.

19

Timer 2 elapsed

When cumulative operation time exceeds a value specified in the Cumulative
operation timer(2) (F-05), output is enabled.

20

Second setting blockselected

When the second setting block is selected as the active setting block, output isenabled.

21

Cooling Fan failure

22

External DB (dynamic
braking) unit
failureThe output is turned on while VF66B (DC motor drive) is operating.

-

When the cooling fan failed, output is enabled.
When the dynamic brake (DB) optional unit ＜VFDB2009＞ has an abnormality,
output is enabled.

7.10. Area i (Speed Control/Amature Current Control/Amature Voltage Control Switch
Setting Area)
Internal PLC Function Selection
Consolepanel
monitordisplay
i-00

i-01

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution

Initialized
data

Unit

PLCL function usage selectionoFF (Unused)on (Used)

-

oFF

-

PLCH function usage selection

0: Unused
1: High speed operation PLCH is ON
2: High speed operation PLCH is ON (speedcommand input is high speed operation
PLCH output)

-

0

-

PLCL function usage selection (i-00):
If the internal PLC (low speed operation PLCL) function is used, set the internal PLC (low speed operation
PLCL) function selection to "on (use, i-00=on)."
PLCH function usage selection (i-01):
If the internal PLC (high speed operation PLCH) function is used, set the internal PLC (high speed operation
PLCH) function selection to "on (use, i-00=1, 2)."The table below shows the comparison between two setting values for the internal PLC (high speed operation
PLCH) function usage selection (i-01).
i-01

Function description1

Output o00001 of the internal PLC function becomes a speed command value for the speed control via theinternal change rate limit (basic setting area acceleration time (1) (3.Acc1), deceleration time (1) (4.dEc1), etc.).
This value should be specified if the function is used with basic setting items.

2

Output o00001 of the internal PLC function becomes a speed command value for the speed control without any
modification. This value should be specified if the speed command produced in the internal PLC function should
not be influenced with the change rate limit.

96

3.Acc1, 4.dEc1, etc.
i-01
Console panel (SET66-Z)

Change rate limit

analog input, etc.

0,1

b-10

v*
2

PLCH function

Communication
optionSpeed
control error

v*: Speed command

o00001

PLCH speed control selection

For details of this function, refer to the separate manual "Control Block Editor Function Manual."Droop Control Setting
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)oFF (Unused)on (Used)

Setting
resolution-

Initialized
data
oFF

Unit

-

i-02

Droop control usage selection

i-03

Droop start speed

0.0 to 100.0

0.1

0.0

%

i-04

Droop rate changeover speed

0.0 to 100.0

0.1

0.0

%

i-05

Droop rate

0.0 to 50.0

0.1

0.0

%

i-06

Droop start armature current

0.0 to 90.0

0.1

0.0

%

*

Droop rate changeover speed (i-04) is set as the ratio (%) to the maximum speed (A-00).

Executes various the droop control settings used to, for instance, balance the torque of two motors. If themachanical loss compensation usage selection is "use (i-19=on)," the torque command used for the droop
control is the one used for the machanical loss compensation.
Droop control usage selection (i-02):
Select whether droop control is enabled or not.
Droop start speed (i-03):
When speed becomes more than or equal to a value of the Droop start speed (i-03), droop control starts.
(When it becomes below a value specified in (i-03) as a result of the droop control, it is limited to the value.)
Note that the droop start speed (i-03) becomes the maximum speed (A-00) at 100%.
Droop rate changeover speed (i-04):
When a speed command becomes more than or equal to a setting of the Droop rate changeover speed (i-04),
a setting of the Speed_command (0.SrEF) becomes a standard amount of droop. When it is lower than orequal to a setting of the Droop rate changeover speed (i-04), a value specified in (i-04) becomes a standard.
(When all areas are to be drooped at a rate to the Speed_command (0.SrEF), "0.0" should be set to the Droop
rate changeover speed (i-04). Conversely, when they are to be drooped at a rate of the Maximum speed(A-00), "100.0" should be set to the Droop rate changeover speed (i-04).)
Note that the droop rate changeover speed (i-04) becomes the maximum speed (A-00) at 100%.
Droop rate (i-05):
Sets the amount of droop when the armature current command becomes 100%, at the ratio (%) of the amountof droop against the reference revolving speed (against the speed command [or setting of the droop ratechangeover speed (i-04)] if the revolving speed is more than or equal to [or is less than or equal to] the droop
rate changeover speed (i-04)).

97

Droop start armature current (i-06):
Droop does not occur if the droop start armature current (i-06) is not met.

Motor speed (r/min)

Spd4
Spd4×i-05/100
i-04/100×A-00

Spd3

i-04/100×A-00×i-05/100
Spd2
i-03/100×A-00

i-04/100×A-00×i-05/100

Spd1

Output torque
-100%

0%

-i-06

i-06

100%

A-00: Maximum motor speed (r/min)

Droop control characteristics
Operation Mode (Speed Control/Torque Control) Selection
Consolepanel
monitordisplayi-07

98Contents

Operation mode selection

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution

0: Speed control (ASR) mode
1: Reverse direction priority for speed control(ASR) and armature current control (ACR)
2: Forward direction priority for speed control(ASR) and armature current control (ACR)
3: Armature current control (ACR) mode
4: Contact switch for speed control(ASR)/armature current control (ACR)
5: Armature voltage control (AVR) mode
6: Reverse direction priority for armature
voltage control (AVR) and armature
current control (ACR)
7: Forward direction priority for armature
voltage control (AVR) and armature
current control (ACR)-

Initialized
data

0

Unit

-

Operation mode selection (i-07):
Selects operation modes (speed control (ASR)/armature current control (ACR)/armature voltage control(AVR)/priority). It is also possible to switch via an external contact in combination with multifunction input.
i-07



Speed
controlArmature current
command











Voltage command
outputSpeedcommandMultifunction
input

Armature voltage
commandOperation mode selection* : Speed control (ASR) mode
: Reverse direction priority for speed control (ASR) and armature current control (ACR)
: Forward direction priority for speed control (ASR) and armature current control (ACR)
: Armature current control (ACR) mode
: Contact switch for speed control (ASR)/armature current control (ACR)
: Armature voltage control (AVR)
: Reverse direction priority for armature voltage control (AVR) and armature current control (ACR)
: Forward direction priority for armature voltage control (AVR) and armature current control (ACR)
Armature Current Commanding Place Selection
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

i-08

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution

Analog input (1) [VFC66-Z TB1] (AIN1)
Analog input (2) [optional board] (AIN2)
Communication option
Internal PLC function (high speed
operation PLCH)
4: Console panel [SET66-Z]-

Contents
0:1:
Armature current command input place 2:
3:selection

Initialized
data

1

Unit

-

Armature current command input place selection (i-08):
Selects the armature current command input place in armature current control mode.
- For analog input (1) [VFC66-Z TB1] (AIN1) (i-08=0):
Armature current command serves as the input for [VFC66-Z TB1] (AIN1) analog input (1)*1.
- For analog input (2) [optional board] (AIN2) (i-08=1):
Armature current command serves as the input for [optional board] (AIN2) analog input (2)*1.

99

- For communication option (i-08=2):
Armature current command serves as the input for communication option.
- For internal PLC function (high speed operation PLCH) (i-08=3):
Armature current command serves as the input for internal PLC function (high speed operation PLCH).
- For console panel (i-08=4):
Armature current command serves as the input for the console panel [SET66-Z].
*1: Set analog input (1) characteristics selection or analog input (2) characteristics selection to 0 through ±10 V (b2-17=0,
G-03=0) if selecting analog input (1) (i-08=0) or analog input (2) (i-08=1) in the armature current commanding place
selection. For the armature current command characteristics when selecting analog input (1) (i-08=0) or analog (2)(i-08=1), refer to figure shown in the description of the analog input armature current command gain (i-09).

Analog Input Armature Current Command Gain
Consolepanel
monitordisplay
i-09

Contents

Analog input armature current
command gain

Setting
resolution

Setting range (selecting item)

50.0 to 200.0

0.1

Analog input armature current command gain (i-09):
This is the armature current command gain setting against
the analog input. The right figure shows the characteristics.
When inputting the armature current command through theanalog voltage, the torque exists in the positive side with
the negative voltage.
*

Set analog input (1) characteristics selection or analog
input (2) characteristics selection to 0 through ±10 V(b2-17=0, G-03=0) if selecting analog input (1) (i-08=0)
or analog input (2) (i-08=1) in the armature current
commanding place selection.
Note that if the analog input armature current command
gain is set to 100.0% (i-09=100.0), the torque command
becomes -100.0% at input voltage of 10 V.

Initialized
data

Unit

150.0

%

Armature current command [%](i-09)(i-09): 50.0 to 200.0 [%]

10V
-10V

Input voltage[V]-(i-09)Analog input armature current
command gain

Changing Speed Control Gain When JOG
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution

Initialized
data

Unit

i-10

Speed control proportion gain (2)1 to 100

1

15

-

i-11

Speed control integral constant(2)20 to 10000

1

40

msec

i-12

System inertia moment (2)0 to 65535

1

10

gm2

Speed control proportion gain (2) (i-10) to system inertia moment (2) (i-12):
If setting the JOG proportion gain selection to "speed control proportion gain (2) (i-10) to system inertia
moment (2) (i-12)" (i-13=1), it is speed control proportion gain used in JOG. For the speed control proportion
gain, refer to the speed control proportion gain setting in "6.1. Basic Setting Area" in Chapter 6 and "7.1. Basic
Setting Area" in Chapter 7.

100

JOG Proportion Gain Selection
Consolepanel
monitordisplayi-13

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution

0: Speed control proportion gain (1) (7.ASrP)to system inertia moment (1) (9.ASrJ)
1: Speed control proportion gain (2) (i-10)
to system inertia moment (2) (i-12)
2: [For special adjustment]*1

1

Contents

JOG proportion gain selection

Initialized
data

15

Unit

-

*1: Provided for special adjustment. Usually do not set this item.

JOG proportion gain selection (i-13):
Set proportion gain, time constant, and inertia moment used for JOG operation.
- For speed control proportion gain (1) (7.ASrP) to system inertia moment (1) (i-13=0)
Setting values of the Speed control proportion gain(1) (7.ASrP), Speed control integral time constant(1)(8.ASrI), and System inertia moment(1) (9.ASrJ) are used.
- For speed control proportion gain (2) (i-10) to system inertia moment (2) (i-12) (i-13=1)
Setting values of speed control proportion gain (2) (i-10), speed control integral constant (2) (i-11), andsystem inertia moment (i-12) are used in JOG.
Speed Control (ASR) Selection
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution

Initialized
data

Unit

i-14

ASR cancellation usage selectionoFF (Unused)on (Used)

-

on

-

i-15

ASR feed-forward usage selectionoFF (Unused)on (Used)

-

on

-

ASR cancellation usage selection (i-14), ASR feed-forward usage selection (i-15):
For VF66B (DC motor drive), the robust speed control (MFC control) is configured in combination withcancellation and feed-forward using the disturbance observer.
These cancellation and feed-forward can be switched between used/unused through ASR cancellation usage
selection and ASR feed-forward usage selection (i-14=on/oFF, i-15=on/oFF).
If both ASR cancellation usage selection and ASR feed-forward usage selection are set to unused (i-14=oFF
and i-15=oFF), the function is equivalent to conventional PI control. For details, refer to "6.1. Basic Setting
Area" in Chapter 6 and "7.1. Basic Setting Area" in Chapter 7.
Variable Structure Proportion Gain Adjustment
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution

Initialized
data

Unit

i-16

Variable structure proportion gain start
speed

0.01 to 100.00

0.01

5.00

%

i-17

Variable structure proportion gain
minimum gain percentage

0 to 500

1

100

%

101

Variable structure proportion gain start speed (i-16), Variable structure proportion gain minimum gain
percentage (i-17):
Adjust variable structure proportion gain which changes proportion gain depending on the difference between
speed command and motor speed.
Proportion
gain
Proportion
gain setting
value
i-17

Velocity deviation

i-16(absolute value)

Variable structure proportion gain

Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution--

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution

Initialized
data

Unit

Machanical loss compensation usage OFF (Unused)
selection
ON (Used)

-

OFF

-

i-20

Machanical loss offset amount

0 to 100

1

0

%

i-21

Gradient of mechanical loss

0 to 100

1

0

%

i-18

Contents[No function]*1

Initialized
data

Unit

-

-

*1: No function to be set.

Machanical loss Compensation Setting
Consolepanel
monitordisplay
i-19

Contents

Torque command with machanical loss portion deducted can be used to perform over torque protection anddroop control.
*

Compensation is not executed for torque commanding in torque control. In addition, compensation is not executed fortorque command monitor display.

Machanical loss compensation usage selection (i-19):
Selects active/inactive for machanical loss compensation. (If active is selected, over torque and droop control
is performed with a value not executing machanical loss compensation.)
Machanical loss offset amount (i-20):
Assuming the rated torque is 100%, sets the amount of machanical loss portion offset when zero speed.
Gradient of mechanical loss (i-21):
Out of machanical loss portion, sets motor speed proportion portion with a torque at the time of maximum
revolving speed.

102Torque for machanical loss (%)
Revolving speed
Motor speed

i-21
i-20

0

-A-00

0

A-00

ON

Motor speed (r/min)

OFF
i-19
Torque command
after machine loss
+ compensation
Torque command

To over torqueprotection
function, droop
control function

Machanical loss compensation
Consolepanel
monitordisplayi-22 toi-32

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)-[For special adjustment]*1

Setting
resolution

Initialized
data

-

-

Unit

-

*1: Provided for special adjustment. Do not change the parameter data from default setting (leave it as factory initializeddata).

Armature Voltage Command Setting
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution

Initialized
data

Unit

i-33

Armature voltage command value(for armature voltage control)- Rated motor armature voltage (A-03)
to Rated motor armature voltage (A-03)

1

0

V

i-34

Forward JOG armature voltage
command(for armature voltage control)

0 to 100

1

0

%

i-35

Reverse JOG armature voltage
command(for armature voltage control)

0 to 10010%Armature voltage command value (for armature voltage control) (i-33):
Setting used to specify an armature voltage command value on the console panel for armature voltage control.
It is enabled when selecting the console panel as a command input when coupled (b-09) and specifying
interlock for speed/armature voltage command input selection (b-10), and when selecting the console panel
as a speed commanding place in speed/armature voltage command input selection (b-10). Refer to "6.3. Areab" in Chapter 6 and "7.3. Area b" in Chapter 7.
Positive JOG armature voltage command value (for armature voltage control) (i-34)/Negative JOG armature
voltage command value (for armature voltage control) (i-35)
Sets positive JOG armature voltage command and negative JOG armature voltage command values forarmature voltage control.

103

Armature Current Command Setting
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)

i-36

Armature current command value(for armature current control)

Setting
resolution

Initialized
data

Unit

1

0

%

Twice the VF66B (DC motor drive) rated
current
to twice the VF66B (DC motor drive) rated
current

Armature current command value (for armature current control) (i-36):
Setting used to specify an armature current command value on the console panel for armature current control.
It is enabled when selecting the console panel for the armature current command input place selection (i-08).
Refer to "6.10. Area i" in Chapter 6 and "7.10. Area i" in Chapter 7. Note that VF66B (DC motor drive) rated
current is assumed to be 100%.
Armature Current Command Setting
Consolepanel
monitordisplayi-37

Contents

Armature current acceleration time(for current control)

Setting range (selecting item)

0.0 to 60.0

Setting
resolution

Initialized
data

Unit

0.1

15.0

sec

Initialized
data

Unit

Armature current acceleration time (for armature current control) (i-37):
Set the time required for acceleration from 0 to VF66B (DC motor drive) rated current.
Consolepanel
monitordisplayi-38

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution--

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution[No function]*1--*1: No function to be set.

7.11. Area J (Communication Setting Area)
Various Communication Settings
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

J-00

J-01

104

Contents

Initialized
data

Unit

Digital communication option selection

0:OFF
1: OPCN66-Z
2: [For special adjustment]*2
3: [For special adjustment]*2
4: [For special adjustment]*2
5: IO66-Z
6: [For special adjustment]*2
7: CC66-Z-

0-CC66-Z baud rate

0: 156 kbps
1: 625 kbps
2: 2.5 Mbps
3: 5 Mbps
4: 10 Mbps
5: 10 Mbps

-

4

-

Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)
0: 125 kbps
1: 250 kbps
2: 500 kbps
3: 1 Mbps
4: [For special adjustment]*2

J-02

OPCN66-Z baud rate

J-03

[For special adjustment]*1

J-04

OPCN66-Z input

3 to 19

J-05

OPCN66-Z output

2 to 12

J-06[For special adjustment]*1

OPCN66-Z transmission wait time
selection

J-07

CC66-Z
CC-Link version/number of occupied
stations selection

J-08[For special adjustment]*1
to J-12

-

-

-

0:
1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
6:

0:
1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
6:

Setting
resolution

125kbps

250kbps

500kbps
1Mbps

200 μs200 μs200 μs200 μs200 μs200 μs200 μs200 μs200 μs200 μs200 μs150 μs100 μs100 μs200 μs200 μs200 μs200 μs150 μs100 μs
50 μs

VersionNumber ofoccupied stations

1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
2.0 (double)
2.0 (4 times)
2.0 (8 times)

One
Two
Three
Four
One
One
One
-

Initialized
data

3

Unit

-

-

-

-

-

14

-

-

6

-

-

-

-

-

0

-

-

-

-

*1: Provided for special adjustment. Do not change the parameter data from default setting (leave it as factory initializeddata).
*2: Provided for special adjustment. Usually do not set this item.

Digital communication option selection (J-00):
With the optional board connected, even if the digital communication option selection is set to OFF (J-00=0),
the communication option can be selected for a speed command and the operation commanding place.
Multifunction input and other functions are also operational. However, because an option error (oPEr) will not
be checked, a value according to the option connected should be set. Note that if the digital communication
option selection is set to enable (J-00=1 to 7) with no optional board connected, an option error (oPEr) occurs
and the protection is detected.
CC66-Z baud rate (J-01) to OPCN66-Z transmission wait time selection/CC66-Z CC-Link version/number ofoccupied stations selection (J-07)
Settings related to the communication option. For details, refer to the Optional Instruction Manual.
High Speed Response Input Setting
Consolepanel
monitordisplay
J-13

Contents

High speed response input selection

Setting range (selecting item)
0: Communication option
1: Analog input (2) [optional board] (AIN2)

Setting
resolution-

Initialized
data
0

Unit

-

105

High speed response input selection (J-13):
It is recommended to set the high speed response input selection to analog input (2) [optional board] (AIN2)(J-13=1) when analog input (2) [optional board] (AIN2) is selected for the armature current command input
place selection (i-08=1), and to set the high speed response input selection to communication option (J-13=0)
when the communication option is selected for the armature current command input place selection (i-08=0).
Setting as described above allows the armature current command to be rapidly incorporated.
Date/Time Data Selection from Communication
Consolepanel
monitordisplay
J-14

Contents
Date/Time data selection from
communication

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution

0: Without date/time data
1: With date/time data-

Initialized
data
0

Unit

-

Date/Time data selection from communication (J-14):
Selects the availability of date/time data from the communication option.
Setting for Number of Dynamic Braking (DB) Optional Units [VFDB2009] Connected
Consolepanel
monitordisplay
J-15

Contents

Number of Dynamic Braking (DB)
Optional Units [VFDB2009] Connected

Setting range (selecting item)-6 to 6

Setting
resolution-

Initialized
data

0

Unit

-

Number of dynamic braking (DB) optional units [VFDB2009] connected (J-15):
Select the dynamic braking (DB) optional unit [VFDB2009] for an absolute value.
Setting a negative value enables VF66B (DC motor drive) to be stopped, the protection relay to be activated,and protection to be detected when the communication with the external DB (dynamic braking) optional unit
[VFDB2009] is disabled or the external DB (dynamic braking) optional unit [VFDB2009] is in protection
operation.
For details, refer to the Optional Instruction Manual.

7.12. Area L (Setting Area for Analog Input and Output Gain)
Vdc Detection Gain Setting
Consolepanel
monitordisplay
L-00

Contents

Vdc detection gain

Setting range (selecting item)

80.0 to 120.0

Setting
resolution
0.1

Initialized
data

Unit

100.0

%

Vdc detection gain (L-00):
This parameter indicates detection adjustment gain of direct-current voltage detected by VF66B (DC motor
drive).
* By inputting the voltage between 2 and  during memory initialization, this Vdc detection gain is back calculated andthe resulted value is set to this parameter. Normally, use it without changing the initialized value.

When the main circuit print board (GAC66-Z or MAC66-Z, etc.) is replaced, an error may occur between "Vdc"
display on the console and the actual voltage 2 through . If the Vdc detection gain should be adjusted
without memory initialization, do so following the Vdc detection gain automatic adjustment described in "6.16.
Area S" in Chapter 6 and "7.16. Area S" in Chapter 7.

106Analog Input/Output Gain and Offset Adjustment
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution

Initialized
data

Unit

Adjusted%

L-01

Analog input (1) gain

50.00 to 150.00

0.01

L-02

Analog input (1) offset-50.00 to 50.00

0.01

Adjusted%

L-03

Analog output (1) gain

50.0 to 150.0

0.1

Adjusted%

L-04

Analog output (1) offset-50.0 to 50.0

0.1

Adjusted%

L-05

Analog input (2) gain

50.00 to 150.00

0.01

100.00%L-06

Analog input (2) offset-50.00 to 50.00

0.01

0.00

%

L-07

Analog input (3) gain

50.00 to 150.00

0.01

100.00%L-08

Analog input (3) offset-50.00 to 50.00

0.01

0.00

%

L-09

Analog output (2) gain

50.0 to 150.0

0.1

100.0

%

L-10

Analog output (2) offset-50.0 to 50.0

0.1

0.0

%

L-11

Analog output (3) gain

50.0 to 150.0

0.1

100.0

%

L-12

Analog output (3) offset-50.0 to 50.0

0.1

0.0

%

L-13

Analog input (4) gain

50.00 to 150.00

0.01

100.00%

L-14

Analog input (4) offset-50.00 to 50.00

0.01

0.00

%

L-15

Analog input (5) gain

50.00 to 150.00

0.01

100.00%

L-16

Analog input (5) offset-50.00 to 50.00

0.01

0.00

%

L-17

Analog output (4) gain

50.0 to 150.0

0.1

100.0

%

L-18

Analog output (4) offset-50.0 to 50.0

0.1

0.0

%

L-19

Analog output (5) gain

50.0 to 150.0

0.1

100.0

%

L-20

Analog output (5) offset-50.0 to 50.0

0.1

0.0

%

Initialized
data

Unit

Analog input (1) gain (L-01) to analog output (2) offset (L-17):
Setting areas for adjusting analog input/output gain and offset.
These are automatically set through analog output/input adjustment for Area S.
* For details of area S, refer to "6.16. Area S" in Chapter 6 and "7.16. Area S" in Chapter 7.

VF66B (DC Motor Drive) Operation Mode Monitor
Consolepanel
monitordisplay
L-21

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)

VF66B (DC motor drive) operation

SnPL (simple mode)

mode monitor

FuLL (full mode)

Setting
resolution

-

SnPL

-

VF66B (DC motor drive) operation mode monitor (L-21):
VF66B (DC motor drive) operation mode monitor (L-21) only allows to view.

1077.13. Area n (VF66B (DC motor drive) Mode Area)
Area n only allows contents of setting items to be viewed.
Rewriting each item can be executed by initializing area S. For details of area S, refer to "6.16. Area S" in
Chapter 6 and "7.16. Area S" in Chapter 7.
Verification of VF66B (DC Motor Drive) Mode
Consolepanel
monitordisplay
n-00

Contents

VF66B (DC motor drive) mode

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolutiond: VF66B (DC motor drive) mode

Initialized
data

-

d

Unit

-

VF66B (DC motor drive) mode (n-00):
The mode preset for VF66B (DC motor drive) can be verified reading out the VF66B (DC motor drive) mode
(n-00). VF66B (DC motor drive) mode (n-00) only allows to view. Modification is not allowed.
VF66B (DC Motor Drive) Models
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution

Initialized
data

Unit

Equivalentn-01

VF66B (DC motor drive) models

2r222 through 9022

(read-only)

2r244 through 31544-

to VF66B(DC motor-

drive) rating

VF66B (DC motor drive) models (n-01):
The VF66B (DC motor drive) model configured can be verified reading out the VF66B (DC motor drive) model(n-01). The VF66B (DC motor drive) model (n-01) only allows to view. Modification is not allowed.

7R5 44
Voltage class (22: 200 V class, 44: 400 V class)* When changing the VF66B (DC motor drive) model specified for VFC66-Z due to replacement of spare parts, etc., you
should first initialize memory. For how to initialize memory, refer to "Replace the Printed Control Board [VFC66-Z]" in
Chapter 9.

CautionIf the VF66B (DC motor drive) model configured on the control print board [VFC66-Z] does not match the VF66B (DCmotor drive) model connected with the control print board [VFC66-Z], normal control may fail and a risk of an accident
may arise. Keep this in mind.

108

7.14. Area o (Special Adjustment Area)
Special Adjusted Analog Output Address, Internally Adjusted SET66-Z Output Address Setting
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution

Initialized
data

Unit

o-00

Special adjusted analog output
address H

0 to 65535

-

-

-

o-01

Special adjusted analog output
address L

0 to 65535

-

-

-

o-02

Special adjusted SET66-Z output
address H

0 to 65535

-

-

-

o-03

Special adjusted SET66-Z output
address L

0 to 65535

-

-

-

Normally, do not change the initial value as
this is provided for special adjustment.

-

-

-

o-04 too-53*-

Area o is provided for special adjustment and special usage. It cannot be changed. In addition, it is not displayed on
the console panel monitor. Do not change the parameter data from default setting (leave it as factory default). (Usually
an error occurs when write is performed.)

7.15. Area P (Internal PLC Function Parameter)
Internal PLC Function P Register Setting Area
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

P0000
P register setting
to FFFF*

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution

For details, refer to the PLC function
description in separate "VF66 series PCTool
Manual."-Initialized
data

-

Unit

-

Area P is for setting constants of the internal PLC function.
For details of the internal PLC function, refer to "VF66 series PCTool Manual." This setting is not required if the internal
PLC function is not used. In addition, a value below "-20000" cannot be entered in console panel [SET66-Z]. Whenentering a value below "-20000" for internal PLC, use <VF66 series PCTool>. For details, refer to "VF66 series PCTool
Manual."109

7.16. Area S (Setting Area for Mode Selection and Analog Input/Output Adjustment)
Special Mode Selection
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

S-00

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution

1:
VF66B (DC motor drive) initialization2:[For special adjustment]*1
3:
Clear protections
4:[For special adjustment]*1
10 to 15: [No function]
99: VF66B (DC motor drive) initialization [forspecial adjustment]*1
101: Data transfer to SET66EX-Z*2
102: Data copy from SET66EX-Z (without
area A) *2
103: Data copy from SET66EX-Z (with areaA) *2
104: Data comparison with SET66EX-Z*2-

Contents

Special mode selection

Initialized
data

-

Unit

-

*1: Provided for special adjustment. Usually do not set this item.
*2: SET66EX-Z is an external consoled panel which is optional.

Setting Items of Special Mode Selection (S-00)
Selectionitems of
S-00
1

For details of initialization, refer to "9.3. How to Initialize VF66B (DC Motor Drive)" in Chapter 9.

2[For special adjustment] Provided for special adjustment. Usually do not set this item.

3

For details of clearing protections, refer to "How to Clear Protections" described later.

4[For special adjustment] Provided for special adjustment. Usually do not set this item.

10 to 15110

Description[No function]

99[For special adjustment] Provided for special adjustment. Usually do not set this item.

101

For instructions on how to transfer data to SET66EX-Z, refer to "Transferring parameter data toexternal console panel [SET66EX-Z]" described later.
*SET66EX-Z is an external consoled panel which is optional.

102

For instructions on how to copy data from SET66EX-Z (area A unavailable), refer to "Copying
parameter data from external console panel [SET66EX-Z] to VF66B (DC motor drive) unit (not copying
data in area A)" described later.
*SET66EX-Z is an external consoled panel which is optional.

103

For instructions on how to copy data from SET66EX-Z (area A available), refer to "Copying parameterdata from external console panel [SET66EX-Z] to VF66B (DC motor drive) unit (also copying data inarea A)" described later.
*SET66EX-Z is an external consoled panel which is optional.

104

For instructions on how to compare data with SET66EX-Z, refer to "Data comparison function between
VF66B (DC motor drive) unit and external console panel (SET66EX-Z)" described later.
*SET66EX-Z is an external consoled panel which is optional.

Caution [Installation of SET66EX-Z (external console panel)]●

Before installing SET66EX-Z (an external console panel), be sure to take any measures against static electricity.
Otherwise, circuits within VF66B (DC motor drive) may be damaged.

- How to Clear Protections (S-00=3):
The following steps show how to clear protections.
* Steps for clearing protections can be performed even in operation.
(1) Press the [MONI/FNC] key to enter the FNC (function selection) mode (LED-FNC is lit).

(2) Select "S-00" using [↑][↓] keys. Confirm it with the [SET] key.
(3) Shift the target digit to the right using the [JOG/→] key, edit the number with [↑][↓] keys to enter
is displayed.
"1040", and confirm it with the [SET] key. If entering any value other than "1040",(4) "S-00" is displayed again. Confirm it with the [SET] key.

(5) Enter "3" using [JOG/→][↑][↓] keys, and confirm it with the [SET] key.

(6) "CLEAr" is displayed for 1.5 seconds. Data, such as protection history, is erased.

(7) Press the [MONI/FNC] key to turn off FNC (LED). The monitor item like "SPd" is displayed forapproximately one second showing the data of the monitor item.

111

- Transferring parameter data to external console panel [SET66EX-Z] (S-00=101):
The following steps show how to transfer parameter data to the VF66B (DC motor drive) unit and theexternal console panel [SET66EX-Z].

VF66B (DC motor drive) unit
VF66B

External console panel[SET66EX-Z]

・・・
・・・
・・・
・・・

Connect the VF66B (DC motor drive) unit to the optional external console panel [SET66EX-Z].
* When connecting the external console panel [SET66EX-Z] to the VF66B (DC motor drive) unit, the console panel[SET66-Z] located on the VF66B (DC motor drive) unit becomes unavailable.

Press the [MONI/FNC] key to enter the FNC (function selection) mode (LED-FNC is lit).

Select "S-00" using [↑][↓] keys ("S" starts flashing). Confirm it with the [SET] key.

Shift the target digit to the right using the [JOG/→] key, edit the number with [↑][↓] keys toenter "1040".
"S-00" is displayed again. Confirm it with the [SET] key.

Edit the number with [JOG/→][↑][↓] keys to enter "101", and confirm it with the [SET] key.
"VtoS" and "SurE" flash alternately.
Subsequently confirm it with the [SET] key.
*If communication with the external console panel [SET66EX-Z] is disabled, there is no response.

"VtoS" is displayed. Data is transferred from the VF66B (DC motor drive) unit to the externalconsole panel [SET66EX-Z].
"End" is displayed when the transfer is successfully completed.

Mode is displayed. After a few seconds the display returns to the monitor item.

* If normal communication fails during the data transfer, it is aborted with mode displayed, or
flashes for 10 seconds and then the transfer is aborted.
↓
To resume the transfer, wait until mode is displayed after interruption and the display returns to the monitor
item. Follow the same procedure from the beginning.

112

- Copying parameter data from external console panel [SET66EX-Z] to VF66B (DC motor drive) unit
(not copying data in area A)(S-00=102):
The following steps show how to transfer parameter data to the VF66B (DC motor drive) unit and theexternal console panel [SET66EX-Z]. However, parameter data in area A is not copied.
* When changing unit models or motor models, apply the steps described below.

VF66B (DC motor drive) unit

External console panel[SET66EX-Z]

VF66B
・・・
・・・
・・・
・・・

Connect the VF66B (DC motor drive) unit to the optional external console panel [SET66EX-Z].
* When connecting the external console panel [SET66EX-Z] to the VF66B (DC motor drive) unit, the console panel[SET66-Z] located on the VF66B (DC motor drive) unit becomes unavailable.

Press the [MONI/FNC] key to enter the FNC (function selection) mode (LED-FNC is lit).

Select "S-00" using [↑][↓] keys ("S" starts flashing). Confirm it with the [SET] key.
Shift the target digit to the right using the [JOG/→] key, edit the number with [↑][↓] keys toenter "1040".
Subsequently confirm it with the [SET] key. If entering any value other than "1040",
is
displayed.
"S-00" is displayed again. Confirm it with the [SET] key.

Edit the number with [JOG/→][↑][↓] keys to enter "102", and confirm it with the [SET] key.
"StoV1" and "SurE" flash alternately.
Subsequently confirm it with the [SET] key.
* If communication with the external console panel [SET66EX-Z] is disabled, there is no
response.

"StoV1" is displayed. Data is transferred from the external console panel [SET66EX-Z] to the
VF66B (DC motor drive) unit.
"End" is displayed when the transfer is successfully completed.

Power-on operation automatically starts after five seconds.

* If normal communication fails during the data transfer, it is aborted with mode displayed, or
flashes for 10 seconds and then the transfer is aborted.⇒

To resume the transfer, follow the same procedure fromthe beginning again after mode is displayed.

* If software version numbers stored in the VF66B (DC motor drive) unit and the external console panel[SET66EX-Z] are different when confirming with the [SET] key after "StoV1" and "SurE" flashing alternately,
starts flashing. If selecting the [STOP/RESET] key withdisplayed, copy isinterrupted. If selecting the [SET] key, copy is continued.

113

- Copying parameter data from external console panel [SET66EX-Z] to VF66B (DC motor drive) unit
(also copying data in area A) (S-00=103):
The following steps show how to transfer parameter data to the VF66B (DC motor drive) unit and theexternal console panel [SET66EX-Z]. Parameter data in area A is also copied.
* If both the unit model and motor model are identical, apply the steps described below.

VF66B (DC motor drive) unit

External console panel[SET66EX-Z]

VF66B
・・・
・・・
・・・
・・・

Connect the VF66B (DC motor drive) unit to the optional external console panel [SET66EX-Z].
* When connecting the external console panel [SET66EX-Z] to the VF66B (DC motor drive) unit, the console panel[SET66-Z] located on the VF66B (DC motor drive) unit becomes unavailable.

Press the [MONI/FNC] key to enter the FNC (function selection) mode (LED-FNC is lit).

Select "S-00" using [↑][↓] keys ("S" starts flashing). Confirm it with the [SET] key.
Shift the target digit to the right using the [JOG/→] key, edit the number with [↑][↓] keys toenter "1040".
Subsequently confirm it with the [SET] key. If entering any value other than "1040",
is
displayed.
"S-00" is displayed again. Confirm it with the [SET] key.

Edit the number with [JOG/→][↑][↓] keys to enter "102", and confirm it with the [SET] key.
"StoV1" and "SurE" flash alternately.
Subsequently confirm it with the [SET] key.
* If communication with the external console panel [SET66EX-Z] is disabled, there is no
response.

"StoV1" is displayed. Data is transferred from the external console panel [SET66EX-Z] to the
VF66B (DC motor drive) unit.
"End" is displayed when the transfer is successfully completed.

Power-on operation automatically starts after five seconds.

* If normal communication fails during the data transfer, it is aborted with mode displayed, or
flashes for 10 seconds and then the transfer is aborted.⇒

To resume the transfer, follow the same procedure fromthe beginning again after mode is displayed.

* If software version numbers stored in the VF66B (DC motor drive) unit and the external console panel[SET66EX-Z] are different when confirming with the [SET] key after "StoV1" and "SurE" flashing alternately,
starts flashing. If selecting the [STOP/RESET] key withinterrupted. If selecting the [SET] key, copy is continued.

114

displayed, copy is

- Data comparison function between VF66B (DC motor drive) unit and external console panel [SET66EX-Z](S-00=104):
The following steps show how to compare parameter data between the VF66B (DC motor drive) unit andthe external console panel [SET66EX-Z].

External console panel[SET66EX-Z]

VF66B (DC motor drive) unit
VF66B
・・・
・・・
・・・
・・・

Connect the VF66B (DC motor drive) unit to the optional external console panel [SET66EX-Z].
* When connecting the external console panel [SET66EX-Z] to the VF66B (DC motor drive) unit, the console panel[SET66-Z] located on the VF66B (DC motor drive) unit becomes unavailable.

Press the [MONI/FNC] key to enter the FNC (function selection) mode (LED-FNC is lit).

Select "S-00" using [↑][↓] keys ("S" starts flashing). Confirm it with the [SET] key.
Shift the target digit to the right using the [JOG/→] key, edit the number with [↑][↓] keys, andenter "1040."
Subsequently confirm it with the [SET] key. If entering any value other than "1040",
is
displayed.
"S-00" is displayed again. Confirm it with the [SET] key.

Edit the number with [JOG/→][↑][↓] keys to enter "104", and confirm it with the [SET] key.
"ConP" and "SurE" flash alternately.
Subsequently confirm it with the [SET] key.
* If communication with the external console panel [SET66EX-Z] is disabled, there is no
response.

"ConP" is displayed. Data is compared between VF66B (DC motor drive) unit and theexternal console panel [SET66EX-Z].
"End" is displayed when the data matches on both sides.

After a few seconds, mode is displayed and the monitor item returns on the display.
* If the setting data does not match,

flashes.

* If normal communication fails during the data transfer, it is aborted with mode displayed, or
flashes for 10 seconds and then the transfer is aborted.⇒To resume the transfer, follow the sameprocedure from the beginning again after mode
is displayed.

115

Cumulative Timer Clear Setting
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution

Initialized
data

S-01

Cumulative_operation_timer(1)_clear

1: Clear the Cumulative_operation_timer(1)

-

-

-

S-02

Cumulative_operation_timer(2)_clear

1: Clear the Cumulative_operation_timer(2)

-

-

-

Unit

Before clearing the cumulative_operation_timer(1)<S-01> or (2)<S-02>, enter the password "1040" into
<S-01> or <S-02> respectively.
Otherwise, "P-Err" (password error) is displayed.
Cumulative operation timer (1) clear (S-01):
When setting cumulative operation timer (1) clear to 1 (S-01=1), the cumulative operation timer (1) countvalue can be cleared.
Cumulative operation timer (1) clear (S-02):
When setting cumulative operation timer (2) clear to 1 (S-02=1), the cumulative operation timer (2) countvalue can be cleared.
Vdc Adjustment and Analog Gain/Offset Automatic Adjustment
Consolepanel
monitordisplay
S-03

Contents

Vdc adjustment

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution

Vdc value (V): Vdc detection gain adjustment-

Initialized
data
-

Unit

-

Vdc adjustment (S-03):
Connect a direct-current voltage meter or a tester between VF66B (DC motor drive) 2 and  before adjusting
the Vdc detection gain, then turn on the power of the VF66B (DC motor drive) .

Warning [Safety notice]High voltage is applied to a direct-current voltage meter or a tester. Experts should measure voltage.
Close the front cover before turning on the power.
Otherwise, it can result in a risk of electric shock.

Caution [Safety notice]

116

To measure direct-current voltage, use a direct-current voltage meter or a tester which can measure 500 V or
more for the 200 V class VF66B (DC motor drive) and 1000 V or more for the 400 V class.

The following steps show how to adjust the Vdc detection gain (L-00) through Vdc adjustment (S-03).
Press the [MONI/FNC] key to enter the FNC (function selection) mode (LED-FNC is lit).

Select "S-00" using [↑][↓] keys ("S" starts flashing).

Shift the target digit to the right using the [JOG/→] key, change the number to "03" with [↑][↓] keys tospecify "S-03", and confirm it with the [SET] key.
*S-03 (Vdc adjustment)

Shift the target digit to the right using the [JOG/→] key, and edit the number with [↑][↓] keys to enter"1040".
Subsequently confirm it with the [SET] key. If entering any value other than "1040",
is
displayed.
"S-03" is displayed again. Confirm it with the [SET] key.

Using [JOG/→][↑][↓] keys, enter the value measured with a direct-current voltage meter or a tester
connected beforehand. Confirm it with the [SET] key.
Vdc detection gain (L-00) is automatically changed if "S-03" is displayed again.
Display the monitor item pressing the [MONI/FNC] key.

ROM Rewrite Enabling Switch
Consolepanel
monitordisplay
S-04

Contents

ROM rewrite switch

Consolepanel
monitordisplay
S-05

Contents[No function]*1

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution

Initializeddata

ROM rewrite is enabled by entering 1040 after
power-on.

-

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution--

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution

-

-

-

-

Initialized
data
-

Unit

-

Unit

-

Analog Gain/Offset Automatic Adjustment
Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

Initialized
data

Unit

S-06

Analog input (1) adjustment

1: Analog input (1) offset adjustment
Enter a value 1000 times the analog input (1)voltage (V):
Analog input (1) gain adjustment

S-07

Analog output (1) adjustment

1: Analog output (1) offset adjustment
2: Analog output (1) gain adjustment

-

-

-

S-08

Analog input (2) adjustment

1: Analog input (2) offset adjustment
Enter a value 1000 times the analog input (2)voltage (V):
Analog input (2) gain adjustment

-

-

-

S-09

Analog output (2) adjustment

1: Analog output (2) offset adjustment
2: Analog output (2) gain adjustment

-

-

-

Analog input (3) adjustment

1: Analog input (3) offset adjustment
Enter a value 1000 times the analog input (3)voltage (V):
Analog input (3) gain adjustment

-

-

-

S-10

117

Consolepanel
monitordisplay

Contents

Setting range (selecting item)

Setting
resolution

Initialized
data

Unit

S-11

Analog output (3) adjustment

1: Analog output (3) offset adjustment
2: Analog output (3) gain adjustment

-

-

-

S-12

Analog input (4) adjustment

1: Analog input (4) offset adjustment
Enter a value 1000 times the analog input (4)voltage (V):
Analog input (4) gain adjustment

-

-

-

S-13

Analog output (4) adjustment

1: Analog output (4) offset adjustment
2: Analog output (4) gain adjustment

-

-

-

S-14

Analog input (5) adjustment

1: Analog input (5) offset adjustment
Enter a value 1000 times the analog input (5)voltage (V):
Analog input (5) gain adjustment

-

-

-

S-15

Analog output (5) adjustment

1: Analog output (5) offset adjustment
2: Analog output (5) gain adjustment

-

-

-

For instructions on analog input (1) adjustment (S-06) to analog input (2) adjustment (S-09), refer to the following pages.

118

Analog input (1) adjustment (S-06):
The following steps show how to adjust analog input (1) gain (L-01) and analog input (1) offset (L-02) throughanalog input (1) adjustment (S-06).
Press the [MONI/FNC] key to enter the FNC (function selection) mode (LED-FNC is lit).
With [↑][↓] keys, select "b-00" ("b" starts flashing).
Shift the target digit to the right using the [JOG/→] key, change the number to "17" with [↑][↓]
keys to specify "b-17", and confirm it with the [SET] key.
Shift the target digit to the right using the [JOG/→] key, edit the number with [↑][↓] keys to enter "0".

Control print board [VFC66-Z]
terminal block [TB1]

AOT1

Turn off VF66B (DC motor drive), open the front cover, and cause short circuit between(AIN1) and (GND) terminals of the terminal block [TB1] on the control print board[VFC66-Z] using the Phillips screwdriver (M3).

Warning [Short circuiting on terminals]

GND
AIN1

● Be sure to turn off VF66B (DC motor drive) before short-circuiting the terminals.

+10

Otherwise, it can result in a risk of electric shock.

After power-on, press the [MONI/FNC] key to enter the FNC (function selection) mode (LED-FNC islit). Select "S-06" using [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys. Confirm it with the [SET] key.
Edit the number with [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys to enter "1040", and confirm it with the [SET] key. If entering
is displayed.
any value other than "1040","S-06" is displayed again. Confirm it with the [SET] key.
Enter "1" using [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys, and confirm it with the [SET] key.

Control print board[VFC66-Z]
terminal block [TB1]

AOT1
GND
AIN1
+10

Turn off VF66B (DC motor drive), open the front cover, and remove the wiring installed
between (AIN1) and (GND) terminals of the terminal block [TB1] on the control print board[VFC66-Z] using the Phillips screwdriver (M3). Next, cause short circuit between (AIN1) and(+10) terminals of the terminal block [TB1] on the control print board [VFC66-Z] using thePhillips screwdriver (M3).

Warning [Short circuiting on terminals]● Be sure to turn off VF66B (DC motor drive) before short-circuiting the terminals.

Otherwise, it can result in a risk of electric shock.

- After power-on, press the [MONI/FNC] key to enter FNC (function selection) mode (LED-FNC is lit),
and then select "S-06" using [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys. Confirm it with the [SET] key.
- Edit the number with [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys to enter "1040", and confirm it with the [SET] key.
is displayed.
If entering any value other than "1040",- "S-06" is displayed again. Confirm it with the [SET] key.
Measure the voltage between [AIN1] and [GND] terminals with a tester or other meters. Enter a value
1000 times the measured value. If the voltage cannot be measured, enter "9930" even though theprecision decreases.

Caution [Measuring voltage between terminals]● Sufficient care must be taken not to touch electrical wires and terminals when measuring the voltage
between terminals.
Otherwise, it can result in a risk of electric shock.

When "S-06" is displayed again, analog input (1) gain (L-01) and analog input (1) offset (L-02) areautomatically changed.
Press the [MONI/FNC] key to display the monitor item.
After adjustment, turn off VF66B (DC motor drive), open the front cover, and remove the wiring installed between (AIN1)
and (+10) terminals of the terminal block [TB1] on the control print board [VFC66-Z] using the Phillips screwdriver (M3).

119

- How to adjust analog input (1) gain (L-01) (for 4 to 20 mA input characteristics)* Follow the procedure after performing analog input (1) gain (L-01) and analog input (1) offset (L-02) 0 to 10 V
adjustment.
Press the [MONI/FNC] key to enter the FNC (function selection) mode (LED-FNC is lit).
With [↑][↓] keys, select "b-00" ("b" starts flashing).
Shift the target digit to the right using the [JOG/→] key, change the number to "17" with [↑][↓] keys tospecify "b-17", and confirm it with the [SET] key.
Shift the target digit to the right using the [JOG/→] key, edit the number with [↑][↓] keys to enter "2".

Control print board[VFC66-Z]
terminal block [TB1]

AOT1
GND

Turn off VF66B (DC motor drive), open the front cover, and connect the current power supply
between (AIN1) and (GND) terminals of the terminal block [TB1] on the control print board[VFC66-Z] using the Phillips screwdriver (M3).
With VF66B (DC motor drive) turned off, set the SW1 switch to ON (terminal block side) using
the tips of tweezers or a jig with the very narrow tip (approximately 0.8 mm).

AIN1
+10

TB1
52MA
52MA
86Aa
86A
86Ab
MO1
P
MO2
COM
AOT1
GND
AIN1
+10
ST-F
PS
MI1
PS
MI2
MI3
MI4
GND
MI5
GND

Warning [Installing current power supply]

CN4

RY1
RY2
3

1

SW2

LED1

SW1
ON

CN-SI
CN-SO

SET66-Z
CN3

VFC66-Z● Be sure to turn off VF66B (DC motor drive) before installing the current power supply.
Otherwise, it can result in a risk of electric shock.
● Be sure to turn off VF66B (DC motor drive) before switching.
Otherwise, it can result in a risk of electric shock.

CN5
CN6
CN7

CN4

SW1
- After power-on, select "Vin" using [↑][↓] keys.
- Turn on the current power supply to cause 20mA of current to be input to the [AIN1] terminal.
- A number is displayed.

- Adjust the value of "L-01" to set the value of monitor item "Vin" to "10.00".
* The display of monitor item "Vin" can be changed to other items through changing the analog
input monitor display selection (G-16). For details, refer to "4.8. Area G in Chapter 4."

After adjustment, remove the current power supply installed using the Phillips screwdriver (M3).

120

Analog output (1) adjustment (S-07):
The following steps show how to adjust analog output (1) gain (L-03) and analog output (1) offset (L-04)
through analog output (1) adjustment (S-07).
* Be sure to follow the procedure after analog input (1) gain (L-01) and analog input (1) offset (L-02) adjustment.
- How to adjust analog output (1) offset (L-06)
Control print board[VFC66-Z]
terminal block [TB1]

AOT1
GND
AIN1
+10

With VF66B (DC motor drive) turned off, open the front cover, and cause short circuit between (AOT1)
and (AIN1) terminals of the terminal block [TB1] on the control print board [VFC66-Z] using the Phillips
screwdriver (M3).

Warning [Short circuiting on terminals]● Be sure to turn off VF66B (DC motor drive) before short-circuiting the terminals.

Otherwise, it can result in a risk of electric shock.

After power-on, press the [MONI/FNC] key to enter the FNC (function selection) mode (LED-FNC islit).
- After pressing the [MONI/FNC] key to enter the FNC (function selection) mode (LED-FNC is lit),
select "b-17" with [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys. Confirm it with the [SET] key.
- Edit the number with [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys to enter "0". Confirm it with the [SET] key.
- "b-17" is displayed again.

- With [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys, select "b-21". Confirm it with the [SET] key.
- Edit the number with [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys to enter "0", and confirm it with the [SET] key.
- "b-21" is displayed again.

- With [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys, select "S-07". Confirm it with the [SET] key.
- Edit the number with [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys to enter "1040", and confirm it with the [SET] key.
If entering any value other than "1040",
is displayed.
- "S-07" is displayed again. Confirm it with the [SET] key.
- Edit the number with [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys to enter "1", and confirm it with the [SET] key.
- "S-07" is displayed again.

- With [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys, select "b-21". Confirm it with the [SET] key.
- Edit the number with [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys to enter "6", and confirm it with the [SET] key.
- "b-21" is displayed again.

- With [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys, select "S-07." Confirm it with the [SET] key.
- Edit the number with [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys to enter "1040", and confirm it with the [SET] key.
If entering any value other than "1040",
is displayed.
- "S-07" is displayed again. Confirm it with the [SET] key.
- Edit the number with [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys to enter "2", and confirm it with the [SET] key.
- When "S-07" is displayed again, analog output (1) gain (L-03) and analog output (1) offset (L-04) areautomatically changed.
- Press the [MONI/FNC] key to display the monitor item.

After adjustment, turn off VF66B (DC motor drive), open the front cover, and remove the wiring installed between (AOT1)
and (AIN1) terminals of the terminal block [TB1] on the control print board [VFC66-Z] using the Phillips screwdriver (M3).

121

- How to adjust analog input (2) to (5) gain and offset

The following steps show how to change analog input (2) to (5) gain and analog input (2) to (5) offset. The
procedure for changing is described only for analog input (2) gain (L-05) and analog input (2) offset (L-06).
For analog input (3) to (5) gain and analog input (3) to (5) offset, configure setting items in "6.8. Area G" in
Chapter 6 and "7.8. Area G" in Chapter 7 and "6.16. Area S" in Chapter 6 and "7.16. Area S" in Chapter 7 tomatch analog input (3) to (5) gain and analog input (3) to (5) offset, then follow the same procedure.
* For analog input (2) to (5), an optional board is required. This setting is not required if the optional board is not used.
Be sure to do this after analog input (1) offset and gain adjustment.
Press the [MONI/FNC] key to enter the FNC (function selection) mode (LED-FNC is lit).
With [↑][↓] keys, select "G-03". Confirm it with the [SET] key.
Shift the target digit to the right using the [JOG/→] key, edit the number with [↑][↓] keys to enter "0".
Subsequently confirm it with the [SET] key.

Optional board

Turn off VF66B (DC motor drive), open the front cover, and cause short circuit between (AIN2), (G),and (G-IN) terminals on the optional board using the Phillips screwdriver (M3).

G
･
･
･
･
･
･
･
･

Warning [Short circuiting on terminals]● Be sure to turn off VF66B (DC motor drive) before short-circuiting the terminals.

･
･

AIN2

Otherwise, it can result in a risk of electric shock.

G-IN

After power-on, press the [MONI/FNC] key to enter the FNC (function selection) mode (LED-FNC islit). Select "S-08" using [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys. Confirm it with the [SET] key.

Edit the number with [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys to enter "1040", and confirm it with the [SET] key.
If entering any value other than "1040",
is displayed.
"S-08" is displayed again. Confirm it with the [SET] key.
Enter "1" using [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys, and confirm it with the [SET] key.

GND
AIN1
+10

G
･
･

AOT1

Optional board

･
･
･
･
･
･
･
･

Control print board[VFC66-Z]
terminal block [TB1]

AIN2
G-IN

Turn off VF66B (DC motor drive), open the front cover, and cause short circuit
between the (AIN2) terminal on the optional board and the (+10) terminal of
terminal block [TB1] on the control print board [VFC66-Z] using the Phillips
screwdriver (M3). Leave (G) and (G-IN) terminals on the optional board shortcircuited.

Warning [Short circuiting on terminals]● Be sure to turn off VF66B (DC motor drive) before short-circuiting theterminals.
Otherwise, it can result in a risk of electric shock.

- After power-on, press the [MONI/FNC] key to enter the FNC (function selection) mode (LED-FNC islit). With [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys, select "S-08". Confirm it with the [SET] key.
- Edit the number with [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys to enter "1040", and confirm it with the [SET] key.
is displayed.
If entering any value other than "1040",- "S-08" is displayed again. Confirm it with the [SET] key.
Measure the voltage between (AIN2) and (G) terminals with a tester or other meters. Enter a value
1000 times the measured value. If the voltage cannot be measured, enter "9930" even though theprecision decreases.

Caution [Measuring voltage between terminals]● Sufficient care must be taken not to touch electrical wires and terminals when measuring the voltage
between terminals.
Otherwise, it can result in a risk of electric shock.

When "S-08" is displayed again, analog input (2) gain (L-05) and analog input (2) offset (L-06) areautomatically changed. Press the [MONI/FNC] key to display the monitor item.
After adjustment, turn off VF66B (DC motor drive), open the front cover, and remove the wiring installed between the(AIN2) terminal of the optional board and the (+10) terminal of the terminal block [TB1] on the control print board[VFC66-Z], and between (G) and (G-IN) on the optional board using the Phillips screwdriver (M3).

122

- How to adjust analog output (1) gain (negative side) (L-05)

The following steps show how to change analog output (2) to (5) gain and analog output (2) to (5) offset.
The procedure for changing is described only for analog output (2) gain (L-09) and analog output (2) offset(L-10). For analog output (3) to (5) gain and analog output (3) to (5) offset, configure setting items in "6.8.
Area G" in Chapter 6 and "7.8. Area G" in Chapter 7 and "6.16. Area S" in Chapter 6 and "7.16. Area S" in
Chapter 7 to match analog output (3) to (5) gain and analog output (3) to (5) offset, then follow the sameprocedure.
* For analog output (2) to (5), an optional board is required. This setting is not required if the optional board is not used.
Be sure to do this after analog input (1) offset and gain adjustment.

GND
AIN1
+10

G

AOT2
･
･
･

AOT1

Optional board･･･

Control print board[VFC66-Z]
terminal block [TB1]

G-IN

Turn off VF66B (DC motor drive), open the front cover, and cause short circuit
between the (AOT2) terminal on the optional board and the (AIN1) terminal of
the terminal block [TB1] on the control print board [VFC66-Z] using thePhillips screwdriver (M3). Cause short circuit between (G) and (G-0T)
terminals on the optional board [IO66-Z] using the Phillips screwdriver (M3).
* Even when setting analog output (3) to (5), use the (AIN1) terminal of
terminal block [TB1] on the control print board [VFC66-Z] for analog input.

Warning [Short circuiting on terminals]● Be sure to turn off VF66B (DC motor drive) before short-circuiting theterminals.
Otherwise, it can result in a risk of electric shock.
After power-on, press the [MONI/FNC] key to enter the FNC (function selection) mode (LED-FNC islit).
- After pressing the [MONI/FNC] key to enter the FNC (function selection) mode (LED-FNC is lit),
select "b-17" with [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys. Confirm it with the [SET] key.
- Edit the number with [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys to enter "0". Confirm it with the [SET] key.
- "b-17" is displayed again.

- Select "G-09"*1 with [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys. Confirm it with the [SET] key.
- Edit the number with [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys to enter "0", and confirm it with the [SET] key.
- "G-09" is displayed again.

- With [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys, select "S-09". Confirm it with the [SET] key.
- Edit the number with [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys to enter "1040", and confirm it with the [SET] key.
is displayed.
If entering any value other than "1040",- "S-09" is displayed again. Confirm it with the [SET] key.
- Edit the number with [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys to enter "1", and confirm it with the [SET] key.
- "S-09" is displayed again.

*1- Select "G-09" with [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys. Confirm it with the [SET] key.
* For analog output 3 to 5, edit this item accordingly.
- Edit the number with [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys to enter "6", and confirm it with the [SET] key.
- "G-09" is displayed again.

- Select "G-09"*2 with [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys. Confirm it with the [SET] key.
- Edit the number with [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys to enter "1040", and confirm it with the [SET] key.
is displayed.
If entering any value other than "1040",- "S-09" is displayed again. Confirm it with the [SET] key.
- Edit the number with [JOG/→] [↑][↓] keys to enter "2", and confirm it with the [SET] key.
- When "S-09" is displayed again, analog output (2) gain (L-09) and analog output (2) offset (L-10)
are automatically changed.
- Press the [MONI/FNC] key to display the monitor item.

After adjustment, turn off VF66B (DC motor drive), open the front cover, and remove the wiring installed between the(AOT2) terminal of the optional board and the (AIN1) terminal of the terminal block [TB1] on the control print board[VFC66-Z], and between (G) and (G-OT) on the optional board using the Phillips screwdriver (M3).

123

Chapter 8 Troubleshooting
8.1. Protection Messages and Actions
8.1.1. List of Protection Messages
The following table indicates the list of protection operations.
<Common to all models>
What areprotected

Description of protection operation

1

Communication
time error

It starts when the communication time error occurs between the printed control
board [VFC66-Z] and the console panel [SET66-Z].

2

Memoryabnormality

It starts when the setting data stored in the built-in memory could not be obtainedcorrectly.

3

External failure 1

It starts when the multifunction input external failure 1 has been input.

4External failure 2

It starts when the multifunction input external failure 2 has been input.

5External failure 3

It starts when the multifunction input external failure 3 has been input.

6

External failure 4

It starts when the multifunction input external failure 4 has been input.

7

Emergency stop A
input contact “ON”

It starts when the multifunction input specified for the emergency stop A has beenenabled.

8

Emergency stop B
It starts when the multifunction input specified for the emergency stop B has been
input contact
disabled“OFF”

9Failed fan

It starts when the cooling fan of VF66B (DC motor drive) failed. (The operation is
not stopped for protection.)10

Field loss

It starts when the field loss signal was input.

11

Field overcurrent

It starts when the field overcurrent signal was input.

12

IGBT protection
operation

It starts when IGBT has overcurrent or gate power supply has decreased.

13

Motor overheat
protection

It starts when the Motor_overheat_protection_operation_selection is set to "ON"and motor temperature is over Motor_protect_temperature < G-17 > while thetemperature detection option is used.

14

Overcurrent
protection

It starts when an instantaneous value of output current becomes more than orequal to a value of 3.58 times of the rated current of VF66B (DC motor drive).

15

Inverter overheat
protection

It starts when the temperature of IGBT becomes more than or equal to a specified
value.

16

Overload
protection

It starts when an effective value of output current exceeds 150% of the rated
motor armature current value for over 60 seconds.

17

Option error

It starts when the connected optional board had a malfunction while the use of
optional board is enabled.

No

124

Protection
message

No

Protection
message

What areprotected

Description of protection operation

18

Overspeedprotection

It starts when the motor speed exceeds the forward overspeed protection setting(F-01) or the reverse overspeed protection setting (F-02).

19

VF66B (DC motor
drive) input
direct-current
overvoltage(200 V class) It starts when the input direct-current voltage exceeds 400 V.
(400 V class) It starts when the input direct-current voltage exceeds 800 V.

20

VF66B (DC motor
drive) output
direct-current
overvoltage

It starts when the armature voltage command of VF66B (DC motor drive) exceeds
the forward direction output maximum voltage (E-11) or the reverse direction
output maximum voltage (E-12) for the duration of 500 ms continuously.

21

PG error

It starts when the armature voltage command exceeds the sum of the voltage
corresponding to the speed detected from PG which is attached to the motor andthe limit width of the voltage corresponding to the speed (E-13) for the duration of
100 ms continuously.

22

CPU abnormality
handling

It starts when the CPU performs an abnormal operation due to instantaneous
reduction of control power supply 5 V or other reasons. in the last digit shows anumber to distinguish errors.

23

Charging
resistanceoverheatprotection

It starts when the charging resistance overheats with a model 7r522, 7r544, or
lower.

24

Setting error

It starts when the operation started in a state where the setting of motor's ratings
in the last two digits show aor motor's constant had some abnormality.
number to distinguish the setting abnormality factors.
*For more details, refer to "8.1.3 What Are Displayed in Case of Setting Error()" in Chapter 8.

25

Speed control
error

It starts when the deviation of motor speed and the command value (speed
control input) exceeds the set value (console setting) while the speed control
error detection is enabled.

26

Startup stall

It starts when the unit cannot operate in ten seconds after an operation commandor JOG command is input.

27

Communication
timeout error

28

Insufficient
voltage (power
failure)It starts when a communication error (timeout) occurs between the option and themaster while the network communication option is used.
It starts when the input direct-current voltage become less than or equal to therated motor armature voltage (A-03) during operation.

For models 3022, 3044 and higher, and the unit parallel models 15022, 18022, 40044 through 100044, theprotection displays listed below are also available in addition to the list above.

125

For models 3022 through 9022 and 3044 through 31544 consisting of a single unit, the displays are the sameas the master unit, which are indicated on the following list.
<Models 3022, 3044 and higher only>No

Protection
message

What areprotected

Description of protection operation
It starts when the protection indicated in No.30 or later is activated and theprotection operation relay is activated.

29

Gate board
abnormality*However, in case of(Failed fan (master unit)),(slave unit 1)),
(Failed fan (slave unit 2)),(slave unit 3)), the protection operation does not start.

(Failed fan
and (Failed fan

30

Gate board
communication
abnormality(master unit)

It starts when an abnormality occurs in a communication with the gate board in
the master unit.

31

Gate power
supplyabnormality(master unit)

It starts when the power supply of the gate in the master unit has an abnormality.

32

IGBT (P side)protection
operation(master unit)

It starts when overcurrent is applied to the P side IGBT in the master unit.

33

IGBT (N side)protection
operation(master unit)

It starts when overcurrent is applied to the N side IGBT in the master unit.

34

Unit overheat(P side)(master unit)

It starts when the temperature of cooling heat sink of the P side IGBT in themaster unit becomes more than or equal to a specified value.

35

Unit overheat(N side)(master unit)

It starts when the temperature of cooling heat sink of the N side IGBT in themaster unit becomes more than or equal to a specified value.

36

Blown fuse(master unit)(This function is applied to models 7522, 7544 and higher, and the unit parallelmodels)It starts when the fuse of the main circuit direct-current part in the master unit isblown.

37

FCL operation

It starts when current over 290 % of the rated current of VF66B (DC motor drive)
is applied for two or more seconds in all units.

38

Power supply
abnormality

With parallel models, it starts when the power supply of the parallel control board
has an abnormality.

39

Failed fan(master unit)(This function is applied to models 7522, 7544 and higher, and the unit parallelmodels)It starts when the cooling fan in the master unit has an abnormality. (The
operation is not stopped for protection.)40

MC response
abnormality(master unit)(This function is applied to models 7522, 7544 and higher, and the unit parallelmodels)It starts when the MC in the master unit does not turn on.

41

Converter
overheat(master unit)

It starts when cooling heat sink temperature of the converter in the master unit
becomes more than or equal to a specified value.

42

Gate board
communication
abnormality(slave unit 1)

It starts when an abnormality occurs in a communication with the gate printed
board in the slave unit 1.

126

No

Protection
message

What areprotected

Description of protection operation

43

Gate power
supplyabnormality(slave unit 1)

It starts when the gate power supply in the slave unit 1 has an abnormality.

44

IGBT (P side)protection
operation(slave unit 1)

It starts when overcurrent is applied to the P side IGBT in the slave unit 1.

45

IGBT (N side)protection
operation(slave unit 1)

It starts when overcurrent is applied to the N side IGBT in the slave unit 1.

46

VF66B (DC motor
drive) input
direct-current
overvoltage(slave unit 1)

It starts when a direct-current part overvoltage occurs in the slave unit 1.
(200 V class) It starts when the input direct-current voltage exceeds 400 V.
(400 V class) It starts when the input direct-current voltage exceeds 800 V.

47

Unit overheat(P side)(slave unit 1)

It starts when the cooling heat sink temperature of the P side IGBT in the slave
unit 1 becomes more than or equal to a specified value.

48

Unit overheat(N side)(slave unit 1)

It starts when the cooling heat sink temperature of the N side IGBT in the slave
unit 1 becomes more than or equal to a specified value.

49

Blown fuse(slave unit 1)

It starts when the fuse of the main circuit direct-current part in the slave unit 1 isblown.

50

Failed fan(slave unit 1)

It starts when the main cooling fan in the slave unit 1 has an abnormality. (The
operation is not stopped for protection.)

51

Control power
supplyabnormality(slave unit 1)

It starts when voltage of the control power supply in the slave unit 1 has anabnormality.

52

MC response
abnormality(slave unit 1)

It starts when the MC in the slave unit 1 does not turn on.

53

Converter
overheat(slave unit 1)

It starts when the cooling heat sink temperature of the converter in the slave unit 1
becomes more than or equal to a specified value.

54

Gate board
communication
abnormality(slave unit 2)

It starts when an abnormality occurs in a communication with the gate board in
the slave unit 2.

55

Gate power
supplyabnormality(slave unit 2)

It starts when the power supply of the gate in the slave unit 2 has an abnormality.

56

IGBT (P side)protection
operation(slave unit 2)

It starts when overcurrent is applied to the P side IGBT in the slave unit 2.

57

IGBT (N side)protection
operation(slave unit 2)

It starts when overcurrent is applied to the N side IGBT in the slave unit 2.

127

No

Protection
message

What areprotected

Description of protection operation

58

VF66B (DC motor
drive) input
direct-current
overvoltage(slave unit 2)

It starts when a direct-current part overvoltage occurs in the slave unit 2.
(200 V class) It starts when the input direct-current voltage exceeds 400 V.
(400 V class) It starts when the input direct-current voltage exceeds 800 V.

59

Unit overheat(P side)(slave unit 2)

It starts when the cooling heat sink temperature of the P side IGBT in the slave
unit 2 becomes more than or equal to a specified value.

60

Unit overheat(N side)(slave unit 2)

It starts when the cooling heat sink temperature of the N side IGBT in the slave
unit 2 becomes more than or equal to a specified value.

61

Blown fuse(slave unit 2)

It starts when the fuse of the main circuit direct-current part in the slave unit 2 isblown.

62

Failed fan(slave unit 2)

It starts when the main cooling fan in the slave unit 2 has an abnormality. (The
operation is not stopped for protection.)

63

Control power
supplyabnormality(slave unit 2)

It starts when voltage of the control power supply in the slave unit 2 drops.

64

MC response
abnormality(slave unit 2)

It starts when the MC in the slave unit 2 does not turn on.

65

Converter
overheat(slave unit 2)

It starts when the cooling heat sink temperature of the converter in the slave unit 2
becomes more than or equal to a specified value.

66

Gate board
communication
abnormality(slave unit 3)

It starts when an abnormality occurs in a communication with the gate board in
the slave unit 3.

67

Gate power
supplyabnormality(slave unit 3)

It starts when the power supply of the gate in the slave unit 3 has an abnormality.

68

IGBT (P side)protection
operation(slave unit 3)

It starts when overcurrent is applied to the P side IGBT in the slave unit 3.

69

IGBT (N side)protection
operation(slave unit 3)

It starts when overcurrent is applied to the N side IGBT in the slave unit 3.

70

VF66B (DC motor
drive) input
direct-current
overvoltage(slave unit 3)

It starts when a direct-current part overvoltage occurs in the slave unit 3.
(200 V class) It starts when the input direct-current voltage exceeds 400 V.
(400 V class) It starts when the input direct-current voltage exceeds 800 V.

71

Unit overheat(P side)(slave unit 3)

It starts when the cooling heat sink temperature of the P side IGBT in the slave
unit 3 becomes more than or equal to a specified value.

72

Unit overheat(N side)(slave unit 3)

It starts when the cooling heat sink temperature of the N side IGBT in the slave
unit 3 becomes more than or equal to a specified value.

73

Blown fuse(slave unit 3)

It starts when the fuse of the main circuit direct-current part in the slave unit 3 isblown.

128

No

Protection
message

What areprotected

Description of protection operation

74

Failed fan(slave unit 3)

It starts when the main cooling fan in the slave unit 3 has an abnormality. (The
operation is not stopped for protection.)

75

Control power
supplyabnormality(slave unit 3)

It starts when voltage of the control power supply in the slave unit 3 drops.

76

MC response
abnormality(slave unit 3)

It starts when the MC in the slave unit 3 does not turn on.

77

Converter
overheat(slave unit 3)

It starts when the cooling heat sink temperature of the converter in the slave unit 3
becomes more than or equal to a specified value.

78

VFDB1
(dynamic braking
unit 1)abnormality

It starts when the VFDB1 (dynamic braking unit 1) is in the protection state or has
a communication abnormality. *1(The operation is not stopped for protection.)

79

VFDB2
(dynamic braking
unit 2)abnormality

It starts when the VFDB2 (dynamic braking unit 2) is in the protection state or has
a communication abnormality. *1(The operation is not stopped for protection.)

80

VFDB3
(dynamic braking
unit 3)abnormality

It starts when the VFDB3 (dynamic braking unit 3) is in the protection state or has
a communication abnormality. *1(The operation is not stopped for protection.)

81

VFDB4
(dynamic braking
unit 4)
abnormality

It starts when the VFDB4 (dynamic braking unit 4) is in the protection state or has
a communication abnormality. *1(The operation is not stopped for protection.)

82

VFDB5
(dynamic braking
unit 5)abnormality

It starts when the VFDB5 (dynamic braking unit 5) is in the protection state or has
a communication abnormality. *1(The operation is not stopped for protection.)

83

VFDB6
(dynamic braking
unit 6)abnormality

It starts when the VFDB6 (dynamic braking unit 6) is in the protection state or has
a communication abnormality.*1(The operation is not stopped for protection.)*1: You can set whether the operation should be stopped for protection or not. For the details, refer to "6.11 Area J" in
Chapter 6 and "7.11 Area J" in Chapter 7.

1298.1.2. Protection Messages and Actions
When VF66B (DC motor drive) starts a protection operation due to an abnormality during operation, you should
check the LED display on the console panel [SET66-Z] and take appropriate actions.
<Common to all models>Console LED display[Contents][Contents]

It starts when the setting
data stored in the built-in
memory could not be
obtained correctly.

Console LED display

to[Contents]

It starts when themultifunction input
external failure 1 to
failure 4 have been
input.

Where to check and how totake actions

1. The connectors of the console
panel [SET66-Z] are not inserted
properly

Check the connector insertion
status

2. The printed control board[VFC66-Z] is in the program
rewrite mode.

After rewriting of the program
is complete, it is automatically
restored.

3. The printed control board
It starts when the[VFC66-Z] malfunctions
communication time error
occurs between theprinted control board[VFC66-Z] and the console
panel [SET66-Z].

Console LED display

130

Cause

Replace the printed control
board [VFC66-Z].

Reference

Chapter 9 Replace thePrinted Control Board[VFC66-Z]

Cause

Where to check and how totake actions

1. Data was written incorrectly to
the EEPROM (built-in
memory) due to too muchnoise.

Take measures against
noise for a wiring from theprinted control board[VFC66-Z].

2. An uninitialized printed control
board [VFC66-Z] wasimplemented.

Initialize the printed control
board [VFC66-Z].

Chapter 9 Replace
the Printed Control
Board [VFC66-Z]

3. Faulty EEPROM (built-in
memory) parts

Replace the printed control
board [VFC66-Z].

Chapter 9 Replace
the Printed Control
Board [VFC66-Z]

Reference*Onceoccurs, it cannot be restored unless the printed control board[VFC66-Z] is initialized.

Cause

Where to check and how totake actions

1. The external failure signal was
input.

Check the input condition of
the external failure signal.

2. Multifunction input settings are
not correct.

Check multifunction input
settings (c-00 throughc-17).

Reference

Chapter 6, 6.4
Area cChapter 7, 7.4
Area cConsole LED display

Cause

Where to check and how to takeactions

Reference

Where to check and how to takeactions

Reference

Where to check and how to takeactions

Reference(This is not a display forprotection.)[Contents]

This is displayed only
when the emergency stop
A input contact is ON.

Console LED display

Cause(This is not a display forprotection.)[Contents]

This is displayed only
when the emergency stop
B input contact is ON.

Console LED display

Cause
1. It starts when the cooling fan of
VF66B (DC motor drive) failed.

Check the cooling fan of
VF66B (DC motor drive).

[Contents]

It starts when the cooling
fan of VF66B (DC motor
drive) failed.
(The operation is not
stopped for protection.)

Console LED display[Contents]

It starts when the field
loss signal or fieldovercurrent signal of themultifunction input was
input.

Cause

Where to check and how to takeactions

1. The external failure signal was
input.

Check the input condition of
the external failure signal.

2. Multifunction input settings are
not correct.

Check multifunction input
settings (c-00 through c-17).

3. Field amplifier has detected thefield loss or field overcurrent.

Check the operation of the
field amplifier.

Reference

Chapter 6, 6.4 Area c
Chapter 7, 7.4 Area c131Console LED display[Contents]

The protection operationof the IPM module in theunit occurs.
・Overcurrent wasapplied to the IGBT
element.
・The gate power
supply voltage of
IGBT has dropped.
・Fins for IPM moduleand the input
rectification diodemodule overheat.

Console LED display[Contents]

132

It starts when theMotor_overheat_protecti
on_operation_selection
is set to "ON" and motor
temperature is overMotor_protect_temperature < G-17 > while thetemperature detection
option is used.

Cause

Where to check and how to takeactions

Reference

1. Ambient temperature becomeshigh.

･ Check the installation
environment.
･ Check whether
temperature inside thecontrol panel rises or not.

2. The cooling space of the unit is
not enough.

Keep enough cooling space.

3. The installation direction of theunit is not correct.

Install the unit in the correct
direction.

4. The output electrical wire was
grounded or short circuited.

Check the output wiring.

Chapter 2, 2.1 How toConnect VF66B(DC motor drive)

5. DCL is not connected.

Connect DCL.

Chapter 2, 2.1 How toConnect VF66B(DC motor drive)

6. IGBT (IPM) is damaged.

Check whether IGBT (IPM)
works properly or not(continuity check).

7. The cooling fan fails.

Replace the cooling fan.

8. The wind of the cooling fan blows
in the reverse direction.

Install the cooling fan so thatthe wind blows in the correct
direction.

9. The main circuit printed board[GAC66-Z or MAC66-Z]
malfunctions

Replace the main circuit
printed board [GAC66-Z or
MAC66-Z].

Cause

Where to check and how totake actions

1. The cooling fan of the motor
fails.

Replace the cooling fan of
the motor.

2. Ambient temperature of the
motor is high.

Check the installation
environment of the motor.

3. The motor temperaturedetection wiring is
disconnected, or noise ispenetrating.

・Check the motor
temperature detection
wiring.
・Take measures against
noise.

4. The adjustment of thetemperature detection offset
adjustment (G-01) and thetemperature detection gain
adjustment (G-02) are notcorrect.

Readjust the temperaturedetection offset
adjustment (G-01) and thetemperature detection
gain adjustment (G-02).

Reference

Chapter 6, 6.8
Area G
Chapter 7, 7.8
Area G

Console LED display[Contents]

It starts immediately
when the output currentof VF66B (DC motor
drive) exceeds
approximately 3.58
times of the rated currentof VF66B (DC motor
drive).

Console LED display[Contents]

It starts when thetemperature of IGBT
becomes more than orequal to a specified
value.

Cause

Where to check and how totake actions

Reference

1. The output electrical wire was
grounded or short circuited.

Check the output wiring.

Chapter 2, 2.1 How
to Connect VF66B(DC motor drive)

2. The acceleration/deceleration
time is too short.

Make theacceleration/deceleratio
n time longer.

Chapter 3, 3.3.2 How
to Change theAcceleration/Deceler
ation Time

3. Load capacity is abnormallylarge.

･ Reduce load.
･ Check and review thecapacity of VF66B (DCmotor drive) and the
motor.

4. The combination of VF66B (DCmotor drive) and the motor isincorrect.

Use a correct combinationof VF66B (DC motor
drive) and the motor.

5. The setting of the current
control gain is not correct.

Adjust the current control
proportion gain (E-07) andthe current control integral
gain (E-08).

6. The unit could not be
accelerated when the motor
was started by applying the
rated voltage directly (directconnect starting).

Stop applying the rated
voltage to the motor
directly (direct connect
starting) and change tothe normal starting.

Cause

Where to check and how totake actions

1. The cooling fan of VF66B (DCmotor drive) failed or had amalfunction.

Replace the cooling fan of
VF66B (DC motor drive).

2. Ambient temperature is high.
The cooling space of the unit is
not enough.

Check the installation
environment, and checkthat the cooling space isenough.

3. The installation direction of theunit is not correct.

Install the unit in thecorrect direction.

Chapter 6, 6.6
Area E
Chapter 7, 7.6
Area E

Reference133Console LED display[Contents]

It starts when current
equivalent to 150% of
the rated motor armature
current is applied to
VF66B (CD motor drive)
output for a minute.

Console LED display[Contents]

134

It starts when thecommunicationoptional
printed board has amalfunction or a loose
connection.

Cause

Where to check and how totake actions

Reference

1. Capacity of VF66B (DC motor
drive) and the motor is too
small.

･ Reduce load.
･ Check and review thecapacity of VF66B (DCmotor drive) and the
motor.

2. A value of the overload
protection setting (F-03) for
the overload protection is notcorrect.

Check and review thesetting value of theoverload protection
setting (F-03).

Chapter 6, 6.7
Area F
Chapter 7, 7.7
Area F

3. Load capacity is abnormallylarge.

Use the overload
protection pre-alarm
operation level setting(H-11).

Chapter 6, 6.9
Area H
Chapter 7, 7.9
Area H

Where to check and how totake actions

Reference

1. The digital communication
option selection (J-00) is set to"ON" without thecommunication optional
printed board connected.

Set the digitalcommunication option
usage selection (J-00) to"OFF."

Chapter 6, 6.11
Area J
Chapter 7, 7.11
Area J

2. Communication optional
printed board malfunctions.

Replace thecommunication optional
printed board.

Optional Instruction
Manual

3. Communication optional
printed board is notconnected properly.

Check the connection withthe communication
optional printed board andthe connector insertion
status.

Optional Instruction
ManualCause

Console LED display[Contents]

It starts when the speed
exceeds the forward
overspeed protection
setting (F-01) or thereverse overspeed
protection setting (F-02).

Cause

Where to check and how totake actions

Reference

1. External speed setting device
malfunctions.

Check the operation of theexternal speed setting
device.

2. The settings from the speed
control proportion gain
(1)(7.ASrP) to the systeminertia moment (1)(9.ASrJ) are
not correct and therefore
overshoot occurs.

Readjust the setting fromthe speed control
proportion gain
(1)(7.ASrP) to the systeminertia moment(1)(9.ASrJ).

Chapter 6, 6.1
Basic Setting Area
Chapter 7, 7.1
Basic Setting Area

3. The load is smaller than thearmature current command
value while the armature
current control mode isselected.

Review the armature
current command value.
*The setting method ofarmature current
command value isdifferent depending on
the armature current
command input place(i-08).

Chapter 6, 6.10
Area i
Chapter 7, 7.10
Area i

4. The setting values of theforward overspeed protection
setting (F-01) and the reverse
overspeed protection setting(F-02) are not correct.

Review the setting valuesof the forward overspeed
protection setting (F-01)
and the reverse
overspeed protection
setting (F-02).

Chapter 6, 6.7 Area
F
Chapter 7, 7.7 Area F

135

Console LED display

Where to check and how totake actions

Reference[Contents]

1. The output electrical wire was
grounded or short circuited.

Check the output wiring.

Chapter 2, 2.1 How
to Connect VF66B(DC motor drive)

2. The deceleration time is too
short.

Make the deceleration
time longer.

Chapter 3, 3.3.2
How to Change theAcceleration/Deceler
ation TimeUse the regeneration
stall preventionfunction usage
selection (E-00).

Chapter 6, 6.6
Area E
Chapter 7, 7.6
Area E

Connect the dynamic
braking (DB) optional
unit [VFDB2009].

Optional Instruction
Manual

3. The setting of the built-in DB(dynamic braking) operationlevel (F-00) is not correct.

Adjust the setting of thebuilt-in DB (dynamic
braking) operation level(F-00).

Chapter 6, 6.7
Area F
Chapter 7, 7.7
Area FIt starts when theovervoltage of the input
direct-current voltage ofthe unit is protected.

4. The dynamic braking (DB)optional unit [VFDB2009] is
not operating.

Replace the dynamic
braking (DB) optional unit
[VFDB2009].

Optional Instruction
Manual・Protection starts when
the direct-current
voltage is (200 V
class) approximately
400 V (400 V class)approximately 800 V

5. The inertia of the load is large.

Use the sine wave
converter or the dynamic
braking (DB) optional unit
[VFDB2009].

Optional Instruction
Manual6. Input power supply voltage
abnormally rises.

Check input power
supply voltage.

Console LED display[Contents]

136

Cause

It starts when thearmature voltage
command of VF66B (DCmotor drive) exceeds theforward direction
maximum voltage (E-11)
or the reverse direction
maximum voltage (E-12)
for the duration of 500
ms continuously.

Cause

Where to check and how totake actions

1. The setting values of theforward direction maximum
voltage (E-11) and the reverse
direction maximum voltage(E-12) are not correct.

Review the setting valuesof the forward direction
maximum voltage (E-11)
and the reverse direction
maximum voltage (E-12).

Reference
Chapter 6, 6.6
Area E
Chapter 7, 7.6
Area E

Console LED display[Contents]

It starts when thearmature voltage
command exceeds thesum of the voltage
corresponding to the
speed detected from PG
which is attached to themotor and the limit widthof the voltage
corresponding to the
speed (E-13) for theduration of 100 ms
continuously.

Console LED display

Cause

Where to check and how totake actions

1. Wiring between PG and VF66B(DC motor drive) is notprovided.

Check the wiring.

2. The setting of the number of
PG-pulse (A-08) is incorrect.

Check the number of
PG-pulse.

3. The polarity of the field current
is incorrect.

Check the polarity of the
field current.

4. The phase order of PG isincorrect.

Check the phase order of
PG.

Reference

Chapter 6, 6.2
Area A
Chapter 7, 7.2
Area A

Cause

Where to check and how totake actions

Reference

1. It starts due to instantaneous
reduction of the control power
supply 5 V, etc.

Check the connection of[CN1] of the printed
control board [VFC66-Z].

[CN1]

When the optional board
is connected, check theconnection of [CN4] and[CN7] of the printed
control board [VFC66-Z].

TB1
52MA
52MA
86Aa
86A
86Ab
MO1
P
MO2
COM
AOT1
GND
AIN1
+10
ST-F
PS
MI1
PS
MI2
MI3
MI4
GND
MI5
GND

CN4

RY1
RY2
3

1

SW2

LED1

SW1
ON

CN-SI
CN-SO

SET66-Z
CN3

VFC66-Z
CN5
CN6
CN7

CN4

[CN4][CN7][Contents]

It starts when the CPU
performs an abnormal
operation.
*in the last digit
shows a number todistinguish errors.

2. The printed control board[VFC66-Z] and the main circuit
printed board [GAC66-Z or
MAC66-Z] malfunction.

Replace the printed
boards.

* When this problem is not solved after both actions are taken,
contact us.

Chapter 9 Replace
the Printed Control
Board [VFC66-Z]
you should137

Console LED display[Contents]

It starts when the
charging resistanceoverheats with a model
7r522, 7r544, or lower.

Console LED display[Contents]

138

It starts when thedeviation of the speedcommand value and the
speed falls out of the
speed control error
detection speed width.

Cause

Where to check and how totake actions

1. You have operated the unit for
0.5 second or longer while thetemperature of charging
resistance was high.

Turn off the power of
VF66B (DC motor drive)and turn it on again after awhile.

2. Ambient temperature is high.
The cooling space of the unit is
not enough.

Check the installation
environment, and checkthat the cooling space isenough.

Cause

Where to check and how totake actions

1. The setting values of the
speed control error detection
speed width (positive) (F-31)
and the speed control error
detection speed width(negative) (F-32) are notcorrect.

Adjust the setting valuesof the speed control error
detection speed width(positive) (F-31) and the
speed control error
detection speed width(negative) (F-32).

2. The armature current limit was
activated because the load
was large.

Reduce the load.

3. The armature current limit was
activated because theacceleration and deceleration
time was too short.

Make the acceleration anddeceleration time
longer.

4. External speed setting device
malfunctions.

Check the operation of theexternal speed setting
device.

5. The connection between the
output terminal of VF66B (DCmotor drive) and the motor isincorrect.

Check the hard wiring
between VF66B (DCmotor drive) and the
motor.

6. The polarity of the field current
is incorrect.

Check the polarity of the
field current.

7. The phase order of PG isincorrect.

Check the phase order of
PG.

Reference

Reference
Chapter 6, 6.7
Area F
Chapter 7, 7.7
Area F

Chapter 3, 3.3.2
How to Change theAcceleration/Deceler
ation Time

Chapter 2, 2.1
How to Connect
VF66B (DC motor
drive)

Console LED display[Contents]

It starts when theoperation is not possible
in ten seconds after theoperation or JOG
command was input.

Console LED display[Contents]

It starts when thecommunication time out
error occurs between thecommunication optional
printed board and thecommunication master.

Console LED display[Contents]

It starts when the input
direct-current voltage ofthe unit drops to therated motor armature
voltage (A-03) or lower
during operation.

Cause

Where to check and how totake actions

1. The operation or JOG
command was input for ten
seconds or longer after the
insufficient voltage (power
failure) was detected.

Turn on the instantaneous
power interruption restart
selection (b-07).

2. The operation or JOG
command was input for ten
seconds or longer while theemergency stop signal was
input.

Turn off the operation or
JOG signals when theemergency stop signal is
input.

Cause

Where to check and how totake actions

1. The communication master
malfunctions.

Check the operation of thecommunication master.

2. The cable between thecommunication optional
printed board and thecommunication master isdisconnected, or the connector
is not inserted properly.

Check the connector
insertion status or replace
the connection cable.

Cause

Where to check and how totake actions

1. Input power fails(instantaneous power failure)
during operation.

Turn on the instantaneous
power interruption restart
selection (b-07).

2. Open phase occurred in the
input power supply.

Check the input power
supply.

Reference
Chapter 6, 6.3
Area b
Chapter 7, 7.3
Area b

Reference

Optional Instruction
ManualReference
Chapter 6, 6.3
Area b
Chapter 7, 7.3
Area b139

<Models 3022, 3044 and higher, and the unit parallel models>For models 3022 through 9022 and 3044 through 31544 consisting of a single unit, the displays are the sameas the master unit, which is indicated in the following list.
Parallel models are 15022, 18022, and 40044 through 100044.
Console LED display

Cause
1. The protection indicated in
No.30 or later is activated.

[Contents]

It starts when theprotection indicated in
No.30 or later is activatedand the protection
operation relay isactivated.
*However,in case of(Failed fan (master unit)),(Failed fan(slave unit 1)),
(Failed fan (slave unit 2)),and (Failed fan(slave unit 3)),it does not start.

140

Where to check and how totake actions
Clear the protection
operation indicated in
No.30 or later.

Reference
Chapter 8, 8.1.1
List of Protection
Messages

Console LED display

Cause

Where to check and how totake actions

1. The gate printed board[GAC66-Z] malfunctions.

Replace the gate printed
board [GAC66-Z].

2. The cable between the master
unit gate printed board[GAC66-Z] and slave unit gate
printed board [GAC66-Z], orthe cable between slave unit
gate printed boards [GAC66-Z]
are disconnected, or theconnector is not inserted
properly.

Check that the connector isinserted correctly.
Replace the connection
cable.

Reference[Contents]

It starts when anabnormality occurs in acommunication between
the printed control board[VFC66-Z] and the master
unit, and the slave unit
gate printed board[GAC66-Z].
* A character in thesecond digit from theright distinguishes amaster unit (n) fromslave units (1, 2, and 3).

Console LED display

Cause

Where to check and how totake actions

1. The gate power supply of thegate printed board [GAC66-Z]
was decreased.

Replace the gate printed
board [GAC66-Z] of thedisplayed unit.

Reference[Contents]<This function is applied
to models 7522, 7544 andhigher, and the unit
parallel models>
It starts when the gate
power supply has anabnormality.
* A character in thesecond digit from theright distinguishes amaster unit (n) fromslave units (1, 2, and 3).

141Console LED display<P side> <N side>[Contents]

142

It starts when overcurrent
is applied to P and N side
IGBT of the unit.
* A character in thesecond digit from theright distinguishes amaster unit (n) fromslave units (1, 2, and 3).
* The rightmost digit
indicates whether it is P
side (1) or N side (3).

Cause

Where to check and how totake actions

1. The output electrical wire wasshort circuited or grounded.

Check the output wiring.

2. IGBT (IPM) may be damaged.

Check whether IGBT
(IPM) of the unit works
properly or not (continuity
check).

3. The acceleration anddeceleration time is too short.

Make the acceleration anddeceleration time longer.

4. Load capacity is abnormallylarge. Motor was directconnect started.

Reduce the load. Review
the capacity of VF66B(DC motor drive) and the
motor.

5. The gate printed board[GAC66-Z] malfunctions.

Replace the gate printed
board [GAC66-Z] of theunit.

Reference
Chapter 2, 2.1 How
to Connect VF66B(DC motor drive)Where to check and how totake actions

Console LED display

Cause

Replace the main coolingfan.

<P side> <N side>

1. The main cooling fan of the unit
stops, or its air volume isdecreased due to failure or
malfunction.
2. The wind of the main cooling
fan of the unit blows in thereverse direction.

Install the main cooling fan
so that the wind blows in
the correct direction.

3. Ambient temperature is high.

Check temperature in the
installation environment(such as temperatureinside the control panel)and ventilate.

[Contents]

4. The cooling space of the unit is<This function is applied
not enough.
to models 7522, 7544 andhigher, and the unit
5. The installation direction of theparallel models>unit is not correct.
It starts when thetemperature of the coolingheat sink of IGBT in the
6. The cooling fin temperatureunit becomes more thansensor malfunctions.
or equal to a specified
value.
* A character in the third
digit from the right
distinguishes a master
unit (n) from slave units(1, 2, and 3).
* The rightmost digit
indicates whether it is P
side (1) or N side (3).

Reference

Keep enough coolingspace around the unit.
Install the unit in thecorrect direction.
Measure resistance of thecooling fin temperature
sensor.

143

Console LED display[Contents][Contents]

144

Where to check and how totake actions

Reference

1. Power supply was connectedto the output of VF66B (DCmotor drive).

Check input and output
wires. After correcting
them, replace the fuse.

Chapter 2, 2.1 How
to Connect VF66B(DC motor drive)

2. IGBT (IPM) may be damaged.

Check whether IGBT
(IPM) works properly ornot (continuity check) andthen replace the fuse.

Cause

3. The output electrical wire was<This function is applied
grounded or short circuited.
to models 7522, 7544 andhigher, and the unit
parallel models>
It starts when the fuse of 4. The dynamic braking (DB)the main circuit
optional unit [VFDB2009] isdirect-current part in thedamaged.
unit is blown.
* A character in the third
digit from the right
distinguishes a master
unit (n) from slave units(1, 2, and 3).

Replace the dynamic
braking (DB) optional unit
[VFDB2009].

Console LED display

Where to check and how totake actions

Cause

Check input and output
wires. After correcting
them, replace thedamaged parts and thefuse.

Reference

1. The output electrical wire was
grounded or short circuited.

Check the output wiring.

Chapter 2, 2.1 How
to Connect VF66B(DC motor drive)

2. The acceleration anddeceleration time is too short.

Make the acceleration anddeceleration time longer.

Chapter 3, 3.3.2 How
to Change theAcceleration/Deceler
ation Time

3. Load capacity is abnormallylarge.

･ Reduce load.
･ Check and review thecapacity of VF66B (DCmotor drive) and the
motor.

4. The combination of VF66B(DC motor drive) and the
motor is incorrect.

Use a correct combinationof VF66B (DC motor drive)and the motor.

6. The setting of current control<Applied to the parallel
gain is not correct.
models only>
It starts when current over
290 % of the rated current
7. The unit could not beof VF66B (DC motor
accelerated when the motor
drive) is applied for two or
was started by applying themore seconds in all units.
rated voltage directly (directconnect starting).

Adjust the current control
proportion gain (E-07) andthe current control integral
gain (E-08).
Stop applying the rated
voltage to the motor directly(direct connect starting) andchange to the normal
starting.

Chapter 6, 6.6
Area E
Chapter 7, 7.6
Area E

Console LED display

Cause

Where to check and how totake actions[Contents]

1. The power supply of theparallel printed control board(PRIM66-Z of the master unit
and PRIS66-Z of a slave unit)
failed.

Replace PRIM66-Z or
PRIS66-Z.

Wire them correctly.

<Applied to the parallelmodels only>
It starts when the power
supply of the parallel
printed control board[PRIM66-Z and
PRIS66-Z] has anabnormality.

2. The wiring between the gate
printed board[GAC66-Z](CN-PS24V) andthe printed control board of themaster unit [PRIM66-Z](CN9)and between the gate printed
board [GAC66-Z](CN-PS24V)
and the printed control boardof the slave unit
[PRIS66-Z](CN-PS) is
incorrect.

Console LED display

Cause

Where to check and how totake actions

1. The main cooling fan of VF66B(DC motor drive) failed.

Check the main cooling fanof VF66B (DC motor drive)and replace it.

2. The power supply for thecooling fan is decreased.

Replace the power supply
board [PSFM66-Z].

[Contents]

3. The wire between the gate
<This function is applied
printed board [GAC66-Z] andto models 7522, 7544 andthe power supply board
higher, and the unit
[PSFM66-Z] is disconnected orparallel models>
incorrect.
It starts when the main
cooling fan in the master
unit and slave unit has an
4. The relay for turning on/off theabnormality. (Thecooling fan cannot be enabled.
operation is not stopped
for protection.)

Reference

Reference

Correct it.

Replace the power supply
board [PSFM66-Z].

* A character in the third
digit from the right
distinguishes a master
unit (n) from slave units(1, 2, and 3).

145

Console LED display

Cause
1. The gate printed board[GAC66-Z] malfunctions.

[Contents]

146<Applied to the parallelmodels only>
It starts when voltage ofthe control power supply
in the slave unit drops.
*A character in the third
digit from the right
distinguishes the slave
units (1, 2, and 3).

Where to check and how totake actions
Replace the gate printed
board [GAC66-Z] of thedisplayed slave unit.

ReferenceConsole LED display

Cause
1. The deceleration time is too
short.

<Applied to the parallelmodels only>
It starts when adirect-current partovervoltage occurs in theslave unit.
[Contents]

・Protection starts when
the direct-current
voltage is (200 V
class) approximately
400 V (400 V class)approximately 800 V

Where to check and how totake actions
Make the deceleration
time longer.

Reference
Chapter 3, 3.3.2 How
to Change theAcceleration/Deceler
ation Time・Use the regeneration
stall preventionfunction usage
selection (E-00).

Chapter 6, 6.6
Area E
Chapter 7, 7.6
Area E・Connect the dynamic
braking (DB) optional
unit [VFDB2009].

Optional Instruction
Manual

2. The operation voltage settingof the dynamic braking (DB)optional unit [VFDB2009] is
not correct.

Adjust the operation
voltage setting of the
dynamic braking (DB)optional unit [VFDB2009].

Optional Instruction
Manual

3. The dynamic braking (DB)optional unit [VFDB2009] is
not operating.

Replace the dynamic
braking (DB) optional unit
[VFDB2009].

Optional Instruction
Manual4. Input power supply voltage
abnormally rises.

Check input power supply
voltage.

5. The inertia of the load is large.

Use the sine wave
converter or the dynamic
braking (DB) optional unit
[VFDB2009].

6. The output electrical wire was
grounded or short circuited.

Check the output wiring.

Optional Instruction
Manual* A character in the third
digit from the right
distinguishes the slave
units (1, 2, and 3).

147

Console LED display

Where to check and how totake actions

1. The power supply board[PSFM66-Z] malfunctions.

Replace the power supply
board [PSFM66-Z].

2. The connector between thegate printed board [GAC66-Z]
and the power supply board[PSFM66-Z] is not connected
correctly.

Check the connection of theconnector.

[Contents]<This function is applied 3. MC malfunctions.
to models 7522, 7544 andhigher, and the unit
parallel models>
It starts when the MC in
the master unit or slave
unit does not turn on.
* A character in the third
digit from the right
distinguishes a master
unit (n) from slave units(1, 2, and 3).

Console LED display[Contents]

148

Cause

Cause

Replace MC.

Where to check and how totake actions

1. The cooling fan of theconverter unit fails.

Replace the cooling fan.

2. The cooling space of theconverter unit is not enough.

Keep enough coolingspace.

3. The installation direction of the<This function is applied unit is not correct.
to (400 V class) models
16044 and higher, and to
the parallel models>
It starts when the cooling 4. DCL is not installed.
heat sink temperature of
the converter in themaster unit or slave unit
becomes more than or 5. The cooling fin temperatureequal to a specified value.
detection sensor malfunctions.
* A character in the third
digit from the right
distinguishes a master
unit (n) from slave units(1, 2, and 3).

Reference

Reference

Install the unit correctly.

Connect DCL.

Perform the continuity
check of the cooling fin
temperature detection
sensor.

Chapter 2, 2.1 How
to Connect VF66B(DC motor drive)Console LED display

Where to check and how totake actions

Cause[Contents]

It starts when the dynamic
braking (DB) optional unit
[VFDB2009] is in theprotection state or has acommunication
abnormality.
* A number in therightmost digit
distinguishes the
dynamic braking (DB)optional units[VFDB2009] (1 through6).

1. The dynamic braking (DB)optional unit [VFDB2009]
malfunctions.

Replace the dynamic
braking (DB) optional unit
[VFDB2009].

2. The connection cable between
the printed board[VFDB2009-Z] on the dynamic
braking (DB) optional unit
[VFDB2009]and the gate
printed board [GAC66-Z] of
VF66B (DC motor drive) is
disconnected. The connector is
not inserted correctly.

Check that the connector isinserted correctly.
Replace the connection
cable.

8.1.3. What Are Displayed in Case of Setting Error (Reference)

As to the settings of A-00 through A-07, check each rated value indicated on the name plate of the motor you
use or the data sheet.
For the details of each setting item, refer to "6.2 Area A" in Chapter 6 and "7.2 Area A"in Chapter 7.
For other settings, contact us.
Console LED display

VF66B (DC motor drive) mode
・Setting values of the current control proportion gain (E-07) and the rated motor
armature voltage (A-03) are set too large.
・Setting values of the rated motor speed (A-05) are set too small.
Setting values of the motor armature inductance (A-19) are set too large.
Setting values of the motor armature inductance (A-19) are set too large.
Setting values of the current control proportion gain (E-07) are set too large.
Setting values of the current control integral gain (E-08) are set too large.
Setting values of the motor armature resistance (A-17) and motor armatureinductance (A-19) are set too large.

149

Chapter 9 Replace the Printed Control Board[VFC66-Z]
9.1. Replacing Printed Control Board [VFC66-Z] with SpareWhen replacing the printed control board VFC66-Z with a spare part, in order to adjust it to the VF66B (DCmotor drive) which is currently in use, it is necessary to set the VF66B (DC motor drive) model and the motor's
rating (name plate value), and to perform the gain adjustment of the analog circuit part.

9.2. Replace the Printed Control Board [VFC66-Z]

Warning [Replacing the Printed Control Board VFC66-Z]
Be sure to turn off VF66B (DC motor drive) when opening or closing the front cover, and then install the board.
Otherwise, it can result in a risk of electric shock.

VFC66 board

SET66 board

Connector

Optional board
Supports

Figure 1. When the front cover is open150

1. Open the front cover.
2. Remove the console panel [SET66-Z]. Remove four screws
shown by circles on the right figure by using a screwdriver M3.
Remove the console panel [SET66-Z] from the printed control
board [VFC66-Z] by pulling it toward you.
3. Remove the optional board. Remove the joint of two connectors
between the printed control board [VFC66-Z] and the optionalboard. Figure 3(a) shows the state when the connectors are joint
together. As shown in Figure 3(b), remove the joint of theconnectors by pushing up the knobs.
4. In four locations shown by circles on Figure 1, you can findsupports which fix the optional board to the housing of VF66B(DC motor drive). Remove the optional board.by pushing thepawl part shown in Figure 4 into the support.

ScrewsFigure 2. SET66-Z board

Knob
つまみ
Optional
board
オプション基板

Printed control board
VFC66基板[VFC66-Z](a) Fixed connector(b) Connector knob
Figure 3. Connector

Pawl
爪オプション基板
Optional
board

Figure 4. Pawl part of support
5. As with the optional board, the printed control board [VFC66-Z] also has supports which fix it to VF66B (DCmotor drive). Remove the printed control board [VFC66-Z] by pushing the pawl part shown in Figure 4 into
the support. Align four holes with the supports. Push the board until the pawl part of support gets hooked tothe upper part of board as shown in Figure 4.

151

6. Align four holes of the removed optional board with the location of supports shown by circles in Figure 1.
Push the board until the pawl part of support gets hooked to the upper part of the board as shown in
Figure 4.
7. Fix connectors CN1 and CN2 of the optional board by pushing the knob down as shown in Figure 3(b) andinsert into the connector CN7 and CN4 of the printed control board [VFC66-Z] respectively. When theconnectors are attached, they will look as shown in Figure 3(a). The moving part of the connector is elastic.
If it is not installed tightly, it may be removed. Fix it tightly.
8. Attach the console panel [SET66-Z] by using a screwdriver M3 as it was.
9. Attach the unit cover of VF66B (DC motor drive) as it was.

152

9.3. How to Initialize VF66B (DC Motor Drive)
This section provides the operating procedures of initialization.
Before initializing VF66B (DB motor drive), install a direct-current voltage meter or a tester between ⊕2 and ⊖of VF66B (DC motor drive), and then turn on VF66B (DC motor drive).

Warning [Safety notice]High voltage is applied to a direct-current voltage meter or a tester. Experts should measure voltage.
Close the front cover before turning on the power.
Otherwise, it can result in a risk of electric shock.

Caution [Safety notice]

To measure direct-current voltage, use a direct-current voltage meter or a tester which can measure 500 V or
more for the 200 V class VF66B (DC motor drive), and 1000 V or more for the 400 V class.
1. Press the [MONI/FNC] key to change to the FNC (function setting) mode (LED-FNC turns on).

2. Use the [↑] and [↓] keys to select “S-00.” Press the [SET] key to confirm.
3. Use the [JOG/→] key to move the operation digit to the right, and the [FWD/REV] key to the left.
Use the [↑] and [↓] keys to change the number and enter “1040.” Press the [SET] key to confirm. If
is displayed.
you enter other than “1040,”
If you press the [STOP/RESET] key here, you can interrupt the initialization.
4. “S-00” is displayed again. Press the [SET] key to confirm.
5. Use the [JOG/→], [FWD/REV], [↑], and [↓] keys to enter “1,” and press the [SET] key to confirm.

Messageis displayed in order.

6. “SurE” is displayed blinking. Press the [SET] key to confirm. If you press the [STOP/RESET] key
here, you can interrupt the initialization.
7. The mode is displayed. Use the [↑] and [↓] keys to select the mode to use and press the [SET] key
to confirm.
8. The model is displayed. Use the [↑] and [↓] keys to select the model and press the [SET] key toconfirm.
<The figure on the left shows the capacity 7.5 kW, 400 V class.>
9. The display shows as on the left. Press the [SET] key to confirm as it is.

10. The display shows as on the left. Press the [SET] key to confirm as it is.
11. The direct current voltage is displayed. Enter the measured value of the voltage meter or tester
attached earlier by using the [JOG/→], [FWD/REV], [↑], and [↓] keys, and press the [SET] key toconfirm.
<The figure on the left shows the direct current voltage 597 V.>
12. Choose the number of decimal places of the rotation speed display. This can be changed for a
special use. However, it is usually set to “0.”is displayed for several seconds and thenis displayed. Now the initialization of memory iscomplete. After five seconds, the VF66B (DC motor drive), model/capacity/voltage are displayed.

153

Chapter 10 Attentions for Contacting Us
If you want to order a replacement for a failed part or have a technical question, let us or your supplier know
the following points:
1)
2)
3)

VF66B (DC motor drive) model, input voltage (V)Motor model, capacity (kW), rated motor speed (r/min), motor rated voltage
Serial number and software version No. (For the software version No., check the label attached to theprinted control board [VFC66-Z] shown below).
Descriptions of a failure and a state when it occurs
Operating state, load state, ambient condition, date of purchase, operation condition
Distributor name and the signature of the sales department

4)
5)
6)

TB1
52MA
52MA
86Aa
86A
86Ab
MO1
P
MO2
COM
AOT1
GND
AIN1
+10
ST-F
PS
MI1
PS
MI2
MI3
MI4
GND
MI5
GND

CN4

RY1

XX-X
3

RY2

1

SW2

LED1

SW1
ON

CN-SI
CN-SO

SET66-Z
CN3

VFC66-Z
CN5
CN6
CN7

CN4

Software version No.

Attentions to distributors
When delivering this VF66B (DC motor drive) with your any product built in, consider that thismanual can be distributed to end users.
Also, when changing our factory default data for setting parameters of VF66B (DC motor drive),make sure that end users can be informed about the changed contents.

154

Chapter 11 Industrial Product Warranty
11.1. No-charge warranty period
The free of charge warranty period shall be "less than 1 year after installation in your company or yourcustomers" or "less than 18 months after shipment from the factory or storage warehouse," whichever comes
first.
In the case of repair, overhaul or other maintenance by Toyo Denki or a company designated by Toyo Denki,
the warranty period for the parts concerned shall be for one year from the date of acceptance inspection.

11.2. Warranty Scope
11.2.1. Problem diagnosis
As a general rule, initial diagnosis in the event of product failure should be performed by your company.
However, if you request initial problem diagnosis, it can be performed on your behalf by Toyo Denki or amember of our service network.
Please note that if Toyo Denki is not responsible for the cause of the failure, a fee will be charged for the initialdiagnosis.

11.2.2. Repair
Repair, part replacement, and onsite repair shall be provided free of charge.
However, this shall not apply in the following cases:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

When the problem is a result of improper product handling, conditions, environment, usage method, etc.,
by you or your customer.
When the problem was caused by a system designed by you or your customer.
When the problem was caused by deficiencies in a program created by you or your customer.
When the problem originated in something other than the delivered product.
When the problem was caused by modification performed without the prior approval of Toyo Denki.
When the problem was caused by repair or modification performed by someone other than Toyo Denki or
a company designated by Toyo Denki.
When the problem was caused by a force majeure such as a natural disaster, fire, or accident.
Other cases where Toyo Denki is not responsible for the cause of the problem.
The no-charge warranty period has expired.

11.3. Disclaimer
Irrespective of whether the no-charge warranty period is in effect, this warranty shall not compensate you or
yourcustomer for any damages that are not the responsibility of Toyo Denki, or for any lost opportunity, lost
profit, secondary damages, or accident due to the failure of the Toyo Denki product concerned.
Moreover, compensation shall not be provided relating to articles other than the Toyo Denki productconcerned.

11.4. Repair period after product discontinuation
Once the product has gone out of production, Toyo Denki will continue to provide repair service for the
product for a period of seven years.
However, please note that the procurement of electronic components for the product may become difficult
during that time, and repair may not be possible.

15511.5. Delivery conditions
In the case of standard products ordered without test operation and adjustment, delivery shall take place upon
product arrival at your company, and Toyo Denki shall not be responsible for onsite test operation andadjustments.

All Rights
The copyright of this manual belongs to Toyo Denki. Duplicating all or part of contents of this manual withoutobtaining permission from the right holder is prohibited under the Copyright Act.
All rights of company names and product names described in this manual belong to their respective owners.
156https://www.toyodenki.co.jp/en/
HEAD OFFICE： Tokyo Tatemono Yaesu Bldg, 1-4-16 Yaesu, Chuo-ku,
Tokyo, JapanZIP CODE 103-0028
TEL： +81-3-5202-8132 - 6
FAX： +81-3-5202-8150

In addition, the contents of this the "operation manual" may be changed without a preliminary announcement by specification
change of a product etc. Please understand that it may differ from the contents of the "operation manual" enclosed by themodel of purchase, and the contents of the "operation manual" posted on our homepage.
Please have a look from our homepage about the newest "operation manual".
Contents of this manual are subject to change without notice.

TIM078[A]_20180717